remove duplicate jni stuff from gdx-android
This commit is contained in:
parent
75e4d36945
commit
d943933416
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
LOCAL_PATH:= $(call my-dir)
|
||||
# APP_OPTIM := debug
|
||||
|
||||
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
|
||||
|
||||
# TRILIBDEFS = -DTRILIBRARY -DREDUCED -DCDT_ONLY
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -O -DTRILIBRARY -DREDUCED -DCDT_ONLY -DNO_TIMER -Werror -std=c99
|
||||
# -DLINUX -> no fpu_control in bionic, needed ?
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_MODULE := triangle
|
||||
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := triangle/TriangleJni.c triangle/triangle.c triangle/triangle_dbg.c
|
||||
LOCAL_LDLIBS := -llog
|
||||
|
||||
include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
||||
|
||||
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_MODULE := glutils
|
||||
#LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -Werror -O2 -ffast-math -std=c99
|
||||
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := gl/utils.c
|
||||
LOCAL_LDLIBS := -llog -lGLESv2
|
||||
|
||||
include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
||||
|
||||
include $(CLEAR_VARS)
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL_MODULE := tessellate
|
||||
#LOCAL_ARM_MODE := arm
|
||||
LOCAL_CFLAGS := -Werror -O2 -ffast-math -std=c99
|
||||
LOCAL_SRC_FILES := tessellate/dict.c tessellate/mesh.c \
|
||||
tessellate/render.c tessellate/tess.c tessellate/geom.c \
|
||||
tessellate/memalloc.c tessellate/normal.c \
|
||||
tessellate/priorityq.c tessellate/sweep.c \
|
||||
tessellate/tessmono.c tessellate/tessellate.c
|
||||
LOCAL_LDLIBS := -llog
|
||||
|
||||
include $(BUILD_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
APP_ABI := armeabi armeabi-v7a
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include <jni.h>
|
@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include <jni.h>
|
||||
#include <GLES2/gl2.h>
|
||||
#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
|
||||
#include <android/log.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define JNI(X) JNIEXPORT Java_org_oscim_utils_GlUtils_##X
|
||||
|
||||
#define COLOR_R(C) (((C >> 16) & 0xff) / 255.0f)
|
||||
#define COLOR_G(C) (((C >> 8) & 0xff) / 255.0f)
|
||||
#define COLOR_B(C) (((C >> 0) & 0xff) / 255.0f)
|
||||
#define COLOR_A(C) (((C >> 24) & 0xff) / 255.0f)
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setColor)(JNIEnv *env, jclass* clazz, jint location, jint c, jfloat alpha)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if (alpha >= 1)
|
||||
alpha = COLOR_A(c);
|
||||
else if (alpha < 0)
|
||||
alpha = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
alpha *= COLOR_A(c);
|
||||
|
||||
if (alpha == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
glUniform4f((GLint) location,
|
||||
(GLfloat) COLOR_R(c),
|
||||
(GLfloat) COLOR_G(c),
|
||||
(GLfloat) COLOR_B(c),
|
||||
(GLfloat) alpha);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
glUniform4f((GLint) location,
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_R(c) * alpha),
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_G(c) * alpha),
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_B(c) * alpha),
|
||||
(GLfloat) alpha);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setColorBlend)(JNIEnv *env, jclass* clazz, jint location, jint c1, jint c2, jfloat mix)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float a1 = COLOR_A(c1) * (1 - mix);
|
||||
float a2 = COLOR_A(c2) * mix;
|
||||
|
||||
glUniform4f((GLint) location,
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_R(c1) * a1 + COLOR_R(c2) * a2),
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_G(c1) * a1 + COLOR_G(c2) * a2),
|
||||
(GLfloat) (COLOR_B(c1) * a1 + COLOR_B(c2) * a2),
|
||||
(GLfloat) (a1 + a2));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef JNI
|
||||
#define JNI(X) JNIEXPORT Java_org_oscim_utils_Matrix4_##X
|
||||
|
||||
#define CAST(x) (float *)(uintptr_t) x
|
||||
#define MAT_SIZE 16 * sizeof(float)
|
||||
|
||||
static const float identity[] =
|
||||
{ 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 };
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
multiplyMM(float* r, const float* lhs, const float* rhs);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
setRotateM(float* rm, int rmOffset, float a, float x, float y, float z);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
transposeM(float* mTrans, int mTransOffset, float* m, int mOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
matrix4_proj(float* mat, float* vec);
|
||||
|
||||
jlong JNI(alloc)(JNIEnv *env, jclass* clazz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (long) calloc(16, sizeof(float));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jobject JNI(getBuffer)(JNIEnv *env, jclass* clazz,jlong ptr){
|
||||
return (*env)->NewDirectByteBuffer(env,(char*)(uintptr_t)ptr, 16*sizeof(float));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(delete)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(CAST(ptr));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setAsUniform)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jint location)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
glUniformMatrix4fv((GLint) location, (GLsizei) 1, (GLboolean) 0, (GLfloat *) m);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setValueAt)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jint pos, jfloat value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
if (pos > -1 && pos < 16)
|
||||
m[pos] = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(identity)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
memcpy(m, identity, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setScale)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloat sx, jfloat sy, jfloat sz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
memcpy(m, identity, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
m[0] = sx;
|
||||
m[5] = sy;
|
||||
m[10] = sz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setTranslation)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloat x, jfloat y, jfloat z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
memcpy(m, identity, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
m[12] = x;
|
||||
m[13] = y;
|
||||
m[14] = z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setRotation)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloat a, jfloat x, jfloat y, jfloat z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
setRotateM(m, 0, a, x, y, z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(setTransScale)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloat tx, jfloat ty, jfloat scale)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
memcpy(m, identity, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
m[0] = scale;
|
||||
m[5] = scale;
|
||||
m[12] = tx;
|
||||
m[13] = ty;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// set matrix from float array
|
||||
void JNI(set)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloatArray obj_mat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
float* mat = (float*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_mat, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(m, mat, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_mat, mat, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// get float array from matrix
|
||||
void JNI(get)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloatArray obj_mat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
float* mat = (float*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_mat, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(mat, m, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_mat, mat, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(mul)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_a, jlong ptr_b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* mata = CAST(ptr_a);
|
||||
float* matb = CAST(ptr_b);
|
||||
|
||||
multiplyMM(mata, mata, matb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(copy)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_dst, jlong ptr_src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* dst = CAST(ptr_dst);
|
||||
float* src = CAST(ptr_src);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(dst, src, MAT_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(smul)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_r, jlong ptr_a, jlong ptr_b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* matr = CAST(ptr_r);
|
||||
float* mata = CAST(ptr_a);
|
||||
float* matb = CAST(ptr_b);
|
||||
|
||||
multiplyMM(matr, mata, matb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(smulrhs)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_r, jlong ptr_rhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* matr = CAST(ptr_r);
|
||||
float* mata = alloca(16 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
float* matb = CAST(ptr_rhs);
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(mata, matr, 16 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
multiplyMM(matr, mata, matb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(smullhs)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_r, jlong ptr_lhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* matr = CAST(ptr_r);
|
||||
float* mata = CAST(ptr_lhs);
|
||||
float* matb = alloca(16 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
memcpy(matb, matr, 16 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
multiplyMM(matr, mata, matb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(strans)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr_r, jlong ptr_a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* matr = CAST(ptr_r);
|
||||
float* mata = CAST(ptr_a);
|
||||
|
||||
transposeM(matr, 0, mata, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(prj)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jfloatArray obj_vec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
float* vec = (float*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_vec, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
matrix4_proj(m, vec);
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_vec, vec, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static float someRandomEpsilon = 1.0f / (1 << 11);
|
||||
|
||||
void JNI(addDepthOffset)(JNIEnv* env, jclass* clazz, jlong ptr, jint delta)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float* m = CAST(ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
// from http://www.mathfor3dgameprogramming.com/code/Listing9.1.cpp
|
||||
// float n = MapViewPosition.VIEW_NEAR;
|
||||
// float f = MapViewPosition.VIEW_FAR;
|
||||
// float pz = 1;
|
||||
// float epsilon = -2.0f * f * n * delta / ((f + n) * pz * (pz + delta));
|
||||
|
||||
m[10] *= 1.0f + someRandomEpsilon * delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright 2007, The Android Open Source Project
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
|
||||
* you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
|
||||
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// from android/platform_frameworks_base/blob/master/core/jni/android/opengl/util.cpp
|
||||
#define I(_i, _j) ((_j)+ 4*(_i))
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
multiplyMM(float* r, const float* lhs, const float* rhs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register const float rhs_i0 = rhs[I(i,0)];
|
||||
register float ri0 = lhs[I(0,0)] * rhs_i0;
|
||||
register float ri1 = lhs[I(0,1)] * rhs_i0;
|
||||
register float ri2 = lhs[I(0,2)] * rhs_i0;
|
||||
register float ri3 = lhs[I(0,3)] * rhs_i0;
|
||||
for (int j = 1; j < 4; j++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register const float rhs_ij = rhs[I(i,j)];
|
||||
ri0 += lhs[I(j,0)] * rhs_ij;
|
||||
ri1 += lhs[I(j,1)] * rhs_ij;
|
||||
ri2 += lhs[I(j,2)] * rhs_ij;
|
||||
ri3 += lhs[I(j,3)] * rhs_ij;
|
||||
}
|
||||
r[I(i,0)] = ri0;
|
||||
r[I(i,1)] = ri1;
|
||||
r[I(i,2)] = ri2;
|
||||
r[I(i,3)] = ri3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//static inline
|
||||
//void
|
||||
//mx4transform(float x, float y, float z, float w, const float* pM, float* pDest)
|
||||
//{
|
||||
// pDest[0] = pM[0 + 4 * 0] * x + pM[0 + 4 * 1] * y + pM[0 + 4 * 2] * z + pM[0 + 4 * 3] * w;
|
||||
// pDest[1] = pM[1 + 4 * 0] * x + pM[1 + 4 * 1] * y + pM[1 + 4 * 2] * z + pM[1 + 4 * 3] * w;
|
||||
// pDest[2] = pM[2 + 4 * 0] * x + pM[2 + 4 * 1] * y + pM[2 + 4 * 2] * z + pM[2 + 4 * 3] * w;
|
||||
//
|
||||
// pDest[3] = pM[3 + 4 * 0] * x + pM[3 + 4 * 1] * y + pM[3 + 4 * 2] * z + pM[3 + 4 * 3] * w;
|
||||
//}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Computes the length of a vector
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param x x coordinate of a vector
|
||||
* @param y y coordinate of a vector
|
||||
* @param z z coordinate of a vector
|
||||
* @return the length of a vector
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline float
|
||||
length(float x, float y, float z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (float) sqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rotates matrix m by angle a (in degrees) around the axis (x, y, z)
|
||||
* @param rm returns the result
|
||||
* @param rmOffset index into rm where the result matrix starts
|
||||
* @param a angle to rotate in degrees
|
||||
* @param x scale factor x
|
||||
* @param y scale factor y
|
||||
* @param z scale factor z
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
setRotateM(float* rm, int rmOffset, float a, float x, float y, float z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 3] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 7] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 11] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 12] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 13] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 14] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 15] = 1;
|
||||
a *= (float) (M_PI / 180.0f);
|
||||
float s = (float) sin(a);
|
||||
float c = (float) cos(a);
|
||||
if (1.0f == x && 0.0f == y && 0.0f == z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 5] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 10] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 6] = s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 9] = -s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 1] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 2] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 4] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 8] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 0] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (0.0f == x && 1.0f == y && 0.0f == z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 0] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 10] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 8] = s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 2] = -s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 1] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 4] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 6] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 9] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 5] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (0.0f == x && 0.0f == y && 1.0f == z)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 0] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 5] = c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 1] = s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 4] = -s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 2] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 6] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 8] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 9] = 0;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 10] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
float len = length(x, y, z);
|
||||
if (1.0f != len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float recipLen = 1.0f / len;
|
||||
x *= recipLen;
|
||||
y *= recipLen;
|
||||
z *= recipLen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
float nc = 1.0f - c;
|
||||
float xy = x * y;
|
||||
float yz = y * z;
|
||||
float zx = z * x;
|
||||
float xs = x * s;
|
||||
float ys = y * s;
|
||||
float zs = z * s;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 0] = x * x * nc + c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 4] = xy * nc - zs;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 8] = zx * nc + ys;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 1] = xy * nc + zs;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 5] = y * y * nc + c;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 9] = yz * nc - xs;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 2] = zx * nc - ys;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 6] = yz * nc + xs;
|
||||
rm[rmOffset + 10] = z * z * nc + c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transposes a 4 x 4 matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mTrans the array that holds the output inverted matrix
|
||||
* @param mTransOffset an offset into mInv where the inverted matrix is
|
||||
* stored.
|
||||
* @param m the input array
|
||||
* @param mOffset an offset into m where the matrix is stored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
transposeM(float* mTrans, int mTransOffset, float* m, int mOffset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int mBase = i * 4 + mOffset;
|
||||
mTrans[i + mTransOffset] = m[mBase];
|
||||
mTrans[i + 4 + mTransOffset] = m[mBase + 1];
|
||||
mTrans[i + 8 + mTransOffset] = m[mBase + 2];
|
||||
mTrans[i + 12 + mTransOffset] = m[mBase + 3];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* Copyright 2011 See libgdx AUTHORS file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
|
||||
* you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
|
||||
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
|
||||
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
|
||||
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
|
||||
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
|
||||
* limitations under the License.
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
// from /gdx/src/com/badlogic/gdx/math/Matrix4.java
|
||||
#define M00 0
|
||||
#define M01 4
|
||||
#define M02 8
|
||||
#define M03 12
|
||||
#define M10 1
|
||||
#define M11 5
|
||||
#define M12 9
|
||||
#define M13 13
|
||||
#define M20 2
|
||||
#define M21 6
|
||||
#define M22 10
|
||||
#define M23 14
|
||||
#define M30 3
|
||||
#define M31 7
|
||||
#define M32 11
|
||||
#define M33 15
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void
|
||||
matrix4_proj(float* mat, float* vec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
float inv_w = 1.0f / (vec[0] * mat[M30] + vec[1] * mat[M31] + vec[2] * mat[M32] + mat[M33]);
|
||||
float x = (vec[0] * mat[M00] + vec[1] * mat[M01] + vec[2] * mat[M02] + mat[M03]) * inv_w;
|
||||
float y = (vec[0] * mat[M10] + vec[1] * mat[M11] + vec[2] * mat[M12] + mat[M13]) * inv_w;
|
||||
float z = (vec[0] * mat[M20] + vec[1] * mat[M21] + vec[2] * mat[M22] + mat[M23]) * inv_w;
|
||||
vec[0] = x;
|
||||
vec[1] = y;
|
||||
vec[2] = z;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Copyright notice and license for the libtess files (all source files besides
|
||||
tessellate.[ch] and main.c):
|
||||
|
||||
SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
|
||||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
SOFTWARE.
|
||||
|
||||
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright notice for the other files:
|
||||
|
||||
SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2013 AT&T Intellectual Property. All Rights Reserved.
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
all:
|
||||
gcc dict.c mesh.c render.c tess.c geom.c memalloc.c normal.c priorityq.c sweep.c tessmono.c tessellate.c main.c -o tessellate
|
@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# A minimal, self-contained port of SGI's GLU libtess
|
||||
|
||||
Polygon tessellation is a major pain in the neck. Have you ever tried
|
||||
writing fast and robust code for it? libtess is, to my knowledge, the
|
||||
only GPL-compatible, liberally-licensed, high-quality polygon
|
||||
triangulator out there.
|
||||
|
||||
This repository includes a self-contained function (tessellate, in
|
||||
tessellate.c) that you can call to triangulate a polygon that is
|
||||
potentially self-intersecting, with holes, or with duplicate
|
||||
vertices. Simple examples of calling the tessellate function directly
|
||||
are located in main.c.
|
||||
|
||||
More interestingly, this repository also includes an
|
||||
Emscripten-compiled module, _tessellate.js, and a Javascript-friendly
|
||||
wrapper, in tessellate.js. Simple examples are available under
|
||||
index.html.
|
||||
|
@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __dict_list_h_
|
||||
#define __dict_list_h_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use #define's so that another heap implementation can use this one */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DictKey DictListKey
|
||||
#define Dict DictList
|
||||
#define DictNode DictListNode
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictNewDict(frame,leq) __gl_dictListNewDict(frame,leq)
|
||||
#define dictDeleteDict(dict) __gl_dictListDeleteDict(dict)
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictSearch(dict,key) __gl_dictListSearch(dict,key)
|
||||
#define dictInsert(dict,key) __gl_dictListInsert(dict,key)
|
||||
#define dictInsertBefore(dict,node,key) __gl_dictListInsertBefore(dict,node,key)
|
||||
#define dictDelete(dict,node) __gl_dictListDelete(dict,node)
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictKey(n) __gl_dictListKey(n)
|
||||
#define dictSucc(n) __gl_dictListSucc(n)
|
||||
#define dictPred(n) __gl_dictListPred(n)
|
||||
#define dictMin(d) __gl_dictListMin(d)
|
||||
#define dictMax(d) __gl_dictListMax(d)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *DictKey;
|
||||
typedef struct Dict Dict;
|
||||
typedef struct DictNode DictNode;
|
||||
|
||||
Dict *dictNewDict(
|
||||
void *frame,
|
||||
int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2) );
|
||||
|
||||
void dictDeleteDict( Dict *dict );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search returns the node with the smallest key greater than or equal
|
||||
* to the given key. If there is no such key, returns a node whose
|
||||
* key is NULL. Similarly, Succ(Max(d)) has a NULL key, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DictNode *dictSearch( Dict *dict, DictKey key );
|
||||
DictNode *dictInsertBefore( Dict *dict, DictNode *node, DictKey key );
|
||||
void dictDelete( Dict *dict, DictNode *node );
|
||||
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListKey(n) ((n)->key)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListSucc(n) ((n)->next)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListPred(n) ((n)->prev)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListMin(d) ((d)->head.next)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListMax(d) ((d)->head.prev)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListInsert(d,k) (dictInsertBefore((d),&(d)->head,(k)))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*** Private data structures ***/
|
||||
|
||||
struct DictNode {
|
||||
DictKey key;
|
||||
DictNode *next;
|
||||
DictNode *prev;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Dict {
|
||||
DictNode head;
|
||||
void *frame;
|
||||
int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "dict-list.h"
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_dictListNewDict */
|
||||
Dict *dictNewDict( void *frame,
|
||||
int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Dict *dict = (Dict *) memAlloc( sizeof( Dict ));
|
||||
DictNode *head;
|
||||
|
||||
if (dict == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
head = &dict->head;
|
||||
|
||||
head->key = NULL;
|
||||
head->next = head;
|
||||
head->prev = head;
|
||||
|
||||
dict->frame = frame;
|
||||
dict->leq = leq;
|
||||
|
||||
return dict;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_dictListDeleteDict */
|
||||
void dictDeleteDict( Dict *dict )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DictNode *node, *next;
|
||||
|
||||
for( node = dict->head.next; node != &dict->head; node = next ) {
|
||||
next = node->next;
|
||||
memFree( node );
|
||||
}
|
||||
memFree( dict );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_dictListInsertBefore */
|
||||
DictNode *dictInsertBefore( Dict *dict, DictNode *node, DictKey key )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DictNode *newNode;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
node = node->prev;
|
||||
} while( node->key != NULL && ! (*dict->leq)(dict->frame, node->key, key));
|
||||
|
||||
newNode = (DictNode *) memAlloc( sizeof( DictNode ));
|
||||
if (newNode == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
newNode->key = key;
|
||||
newNode->next = node->next;
|
||||
node->next->prev = newNode;
|
||||
newNode->prev = node;
|
||||
node->next = newNode;
|
||||
|
||||
return newNode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_dictListDelete */
|
||||
void dictDelete( Dict *dict, DictNode *node ) /*ARGSUSED*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
node->next->prev = node->prev;
|
||||
node->prev->next = node->next;
|
||||
memFree( node );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_dictListSearch */
|
||||
DictNode *dictSearch( Dict *dict, DictKey key )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DictNode *node = &dict->head;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
node = node->next;
|
||||
} while( node->key != NULL && ! (*dict->leq)(dict->frame, key, node->key));
|
||||
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __dict_list_h_
|
||||
#define __dict_list_h_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use #define's so that another heap implementation can use this one */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DictKey DictListKey
|
||||
#define Dict DictList
|
||||
#define DictNode DictListNode
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictNewDict(frame,leq) __gl_dictListNewDict(frame,leq)
|
||||
#define dictDeleteDict(dict) __gl_dictListDeleteDict(dict)
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictSearch(dict,key) __gl_dictListSearch(dict,key)
|
||||
#define dictInsert(dict,key) __gl_dictListInsert(dict,key)
|
||||
#define dictInsertBefore(dict,node,key) __gl_dictListInsertBefore(dict,node,key)
|
||||
#define dictDelete(dict,node) __gl_dictListDelete(dict,node)
|
||||
|
||||
#define dictKey(n) __gl_dictListKey(n)
|
||||
#define dictSucc(n) __gl_dictListSucc(n)
|
||||
#define dictPred(n) __gl_dictListPred(n)
|
||||
#define dictMin(d) __gl_dictListMin(d)
|
||||
#define dictMax(d) __gl_dictListMax(d)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *DictKey;
|
||||
typedef struct Dict Dict;
|
||||
typedef struct DictNode DictNode;
|
||||
|
||||
Dict *dictNewDict(
|
||||
void *frame,
|
||||
int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2) );
|
||||
|
||||
void dictDeleteDict( Dict *dict );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search returns the node with the smallest key greater than or equal
|
||||
* to the given key. If there is no such key, returns a node whose
|
||||
* key is NULL. Similarly, Succ(Max(d)) has a NULL key, etc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DictNode *dictSearch( Dict *dict, DictKey key );
|
||||
DictNode *dictInsertBefore( Dict *dict, DictNode *node, DictKey key );
|
||||
void dictDelete( Dict *dict, DictNode *node );
|
||||
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListKey(n) ((n)->key)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListSucc(n) ((n)->next)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListPred(n) ((n)->prev)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListMin(d) ((d)->head.next)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListMax(d) ((d)->head.prev)
|
||||
#define __gl_dictListInsert(d,k) (dictInsertBefore((d),&(d)->head,(k)))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*** Private data structures ***/
|
||||
|
||||
struct DictNode {
|
||||
DictKey key;
|
||||
DictNode *next;
|
||||
DictNode *prev;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct Dict {
|
||||
DictNode head;
|
||||
void *frame;
|
||||
int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "geom.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int __gl_vertLeq( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Returns TRUE if u is lexicographically <= v. */
|
||||
|
||||
return VertLeq( u, v );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_edgeEval( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Given three vertices u,v,w such that VertLeq(u,v) && VertLeq(v,w),
|
||||
* evaluates the t-coord of the edge uw at the s-coord of the vertex v.
|
||||
* Returns v->t - (uw)(v->s), ie. the signed distance from uw to v.
|
||||
* If uw is vertical (and thus passes thru v), the result is zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The calculation is extremely accurate and stable, even when v
|
||||
* is very close to u or w. In particular if we set v->t = 0 and
|
||||
* let r be the negated result (this evaluates (uw)(v->s)), then
|
||||
* r is guaranteed to satisfy MIN(u->t,w->t) <= r <= MAX(u->t,w->t).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLdouble gapL, gapR;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( VertLeq( u, v ) && VertLeq( v, w ));
|
||||
|
||||
gapL = v->s - u->s;
|
||||
gapR = w->s - v->s;
|
||||
|
||||
if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
|
||||
if( gapL < gapR ) {
|
||||
return (v->t - u->t) + (u->t - w->t) * (gapL / (gapL + gapR));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (v->t - w->t) + (w->t - u->t) * (gapR / (gapL + gapR));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* vertical line */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_edgeSign( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Returns a number whose sign matches EdgeEval(u,v,w) but which
|
||||
* is cheaper to evaluate. Returns > 0, == 0 , or < 0
|
||||
* as v is above, on, or below the edge uw.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLdouble gapL, gapR;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( VertLeq( u, v ) && VertLeq( v, w ));
|
||||
|
||||
gapL = v->s - u->s;
|
||||
gapR = w->s - v->s;
|
||||
|
||||
if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
|
||||
return (v->t - w->t) * gapL + (v->t - u->t) * gapR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* vertical line */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/***********************************************************************
|
||||
* Define versions of EdgeSign, EdgeEval with s and t transposed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_transEval( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Given three vertices u,v,w such that TransLeq(u,v) && TransLeq(v,w),
|
||||
* evaluates the t-coord of the edge uw at the s-coord of the vertex v.
|
||||
* Returns v->s - (uw)(v->t), ie. the signed distance from uw to v.
|
||||
* If uw is vertical (and thus passes thru v), the result is zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The calculation is extremely accurate and stable, even when v
|
||||
* is very close to u or w. In particular if we set v->s = 0 and
|
||||
* let r be the negated result (this evaluates (uw)(v->t)), then
|
||||
* r is guaranteed to satisfy MIN(u->s,w->s) <= r <= MAX(u->s,w->s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLdouble gapL, gapR;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( TransLeq( u, v ) && TransLeq( v, w ));
|
||||
|
||||
gapL = v->t - u->t;
|
||||
gapR = w->t - v->t;
|
||||
|
||||
if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
|
||||
if( gapL < gapR ) {
|
||||
return (v->s - u->s) + (u->s - w->s) * (gapL / (gapL + gapR));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (v->s - w->s) + (w->s - u->s) * (gapR / (gapL + gapR));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* vertical line */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_transSign( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Returns a number whose sign matches TransEval(u,v,w) but which
|
||||
* is cheaper to evaluate. Returns > 0, == 0 , or < 0
|
||||
* as v is above, on, or below the edge uw.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLdouble gapL, gapR;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( TransLeq( u, v ) && TransLeq( v, w ));
|
||||
|
||||
gapL = v->t - u->t;
|
||||
gapR = w->t - v->t;
|
||||
|
||||
if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
|
||||
return (v->s - w->s) * gapL + (v->s - u->s) * gapR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* vertical line */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int __gl_vertCCW( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* For almost-degenerate situations, the results are not reliable.
|
||||
* Unless the floating-point arithmetic can be performed without
|
||||
* rounding errors, *any* implementation will give incorrect results
|
||||
* on some degenerate inputs, so the client must have some way to
|
||||
* handle this situation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
return (u->s*(v->t - w->t) + v->s*(w->t - u->t) + w->s*(u->t - v->t)) >= 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Given parameters a,x,b,y returns the value (b*x+a*y)/(a+b),
|
||||
* or (x+y)/2 if a==b==0. It requires that a,b >= 0, and enforces
|
||||
* this in the rare case that one argument is slightly negative.
|
||||
* The implementation is extremely stable numerically.
|
||||
* In particular it guarantees that the result r satisfies
|
||||
* MIN(x,y) <= r <= MAX(x,y), and the results are very accurate
|
||||
* even when a and b differ greatly in magnitude.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y) \
|
||||
(a = (a < 0) ? 0 : a, b = (b < 0) ? 0 : b, \
|
||||
((a <= b) ? ((b == 0) ? ((x+y) / 2) \
|
||||
: (x + (y-x) * (a/(a+b)))) \
|
||||
: (y + (x-y) * (b/(a+b)))))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
|
||||
#define Interpolate(a,x,b,y) RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Claim: the ONLY property the sweep algorithm relies on is that
|
||||
* MIN(x,y) <= r <= MAX(x,y). This is a nasty way to test that.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
extern int RandomInterpolate;
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble Interpolate( GLdouble a, GLdouble x, GLdouble b, GLdouble y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf("*********************%d\n",RandomInterpolate);
|
||||
if( RandomInterpolate ) {
|
||||
a = 1.2 * drand48() - 0.1;
|
||||
a = (a < 0) ? 0 : ((a > 1) ? 1 : a);
|
||||
b = 1.0 - a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define Swap(a,b) do { GLUvertex *t = a; a = b; b = t; } while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
void __gl_edgeIntersect( GLUvertex *o1, GLUvertex *d1,
|
||||
GLUvertex *o2, GLUvertex *d2,
|
||||
GLUvertex *v )
|
||||
/* Given edges (o1,d1) and (o2,d2), compute their point of intersection.
|
||||
* The computed point is guaranteed to lie in the intersection of the
|
||||
* bounding rectangles defined by each edge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLdouble z1, z2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is certainly not the most efficient way to find the intersection
|
||||
* of two line segments, but it is very numerically stable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Strategy: find the two middle vertices in the VertLeq ordering,
|
||||
* and interpolate the intersection s-value from these. Then repeat
|
||||
* using the TransLeq ordering to find the intersection t-value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! VertLeq( o1, d1 )) { Swap( o1, d1 ); }
|
||||
if( ! VertLeq( o2, d2 )) { Swap( o2, d2 ); }
|
||||
if( ! VertLeq( o1, o2 )) { Swap( o1, o2 ); Swap( d1, d2 ); }
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! VertLeq( o2, d1 )) {
|
||||
/* Technically, no intersection -- do our best */
|
||||
v->s = (o2->s + d1->s) / 2;
|
||||
} else if( VertLeq( d1, d2 )) {
|
||||
/* Interpolate between o2 and d1 */
|
||||
z1 = EdgeEval( o1, o2, d1 );
|
||||
z2 = EdgeEval( o2, d1, d2 );
|
||||
if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
|
||||
v->s = Interpolate( z1, o2->s, z2, d1->s );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Interpolate between o2 and d2 */
|
||||
z1 = EdgeSign( o1, o2, d1 );
|
||||
z2 = -EdgeSign( o1, d2, d1 );
|
||||
if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
|
||||
v->s = Interpolate( z1, o2->s, z2, d2->s );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now repeat the process for t */
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! TransLeq( o1, d1 )) { Swap( o1, d1 ); }
|
||||
if( ! TransLeq( o2, d2 )) { Swap( o2, d2 ); }
|
||||
if( ! TransLeq( o1, o2 )) { Swap( o1, o2 ); Swap( d1, d2 ); }
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! TransLeq( o2, d1 )) {
|
||||
/* Technically, no intersection -- do our best */
|
||||
v->t = (o2->t + d1->t) / 2;
|
||||
} else if( TransLeq( d1, d2 )) {
|
||||
/* Interpolate between o2 and d1 */
|
||||
z1 = TransEval( o1, o2, d1 );
|
||||
z2 = TransEval( o2, d1, d2 );
|
||||
if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
|
||||
v->t = Interpolate( z1, o2->t, z2, d1->t );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Interpolate between o2 and d2 */
|
||||
z1 = TransSign( o1, o2, d1 );
|
||||
z2 = -TransSign( o1, d2, d1 );
|
||||
if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
|
||||
v->t = Interpolate( z1, o2->t, z2, d2->t );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __geom_h_
|
||||
#define __geom_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NO_BRANCH_CONDITIONS
|
||||
/* MIPS architecture has special instructions to evaluate boolean
|
||||
* conditions -- more efficient than branching, IF you can get the
|
||||
* compiler to generate the right instructions (SGI compiler doesn't)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define VertEq(u,v) (((u)->s == (v)->s) & ((u)->t == (v)->t))
|
||||
#define VertLeq(u,v) (((u)->s < (v)->s) | \
|
||||
((u)->s == (v)->s & (u)->t <= (v)->t))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define VertEq(u,v) ((u)->s == (v)->s && (u)->t == (v)->t)
|
||||
#define VertLeq(u,v) (((u)->s < (v)->s) || \
|
||||
((u)->s == (v)->s && (u)->t <= (v)->t))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define EdgeEval(u,v,w) __gl_edgeEval(u,v,w)
|
||||
#define EdgeSign(u,v,w) __gl_edgeSign(u,v,w)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Versions of VertLeq, EdgeSign, EdgeEval with s and t transposed. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define TransLeq(u,v) (((u)->t < (v)->t) || \
|
||||
((u)->t == (v)->t && (u)->s <= (v)->s))
|
||||
#define TransEval(u,v,w) __gl_transEval(u,v,w)
|
||||
#define TransSign(u,v,w) __gl_transSign(u,v,w)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define EdgeGoesLeft(e) VertLeq( (e)->Dst, (e)->Org )
|
||||
#define EdgeGoesRight(e) VertLeq( (e)->Org, (e)->Dst )
|
||||
|
||||
#undef ABS
|
||||
#define ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
|
||||
#define VertL1dist(u,v) (ABS(u->s - v->s) + ABS(u->t - v->t))
|
||||
|
||||
#define VertCCW(u,v,w) __gl_vertCCW(u,v,w)
|
||||
|
||||
int __gl_vertLeq( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v );
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_edgeEval( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w );
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_edgeSign( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w );
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_transEval( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w );
|
||||
GLdouble __gl_transSign( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w );
|
||||
int __gl_vertCCW( GLUvertex *u, GLUvertex *v, GLUvertex *w );
|
||||
void __gl_edgeIntersect( GLUvertex *o1, GLUvertex *d1,
|
||||
GLUvertex *o2, GLUvertex *d2,
|
||||
GLUvertex *v );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,356 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __glu_h__
|
||||
#define __glu_h__
|
||||
|
||||
#define GLAPIENTRYP *
|
||||
#define GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
#define GLAPI
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int GLint;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int GLenum;
|
||||
typedef unsigned int GLsizei;
|
||||
typedef float GLfloat;
|
||||
typedef double GLdouble;
|
||||
typedef unsigned char GLubyte;
|
||||
typedef int GLboolean;
|
||||
typedef void GLvoid;
|
||||
|
||||
#define GL_FALSE 0
|
||||
#define GL_TRUE 1
|
||||
#define GL_LINE_LOOP 0x0002
|
||||
#define GL_LINE_STRIP 0x0003
|
||||
#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004
|
||||
#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP 0x0005
|
||||
#define GL_TRIANGLE_FAN 0x0006
|
||||
|
||||
// #if (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__)) && defined(BUILD_GLU32)
|
||||
// # undef GLAPI
|
||||
// # define GLAPI __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
// #elif (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__)) && defined(_DLL)
|
||||
// /* tag specifying we're building for DLL runtime support */
|
||||
// # undef GLAPI
|
||||
// # define GLAPI __declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
// #elif !defined(GLAPI)
|
||||
// /* for use with static link lib build of Win32 edition only */
|
||||
// # define GLAPI extern
|
||||
// #endif /* _STATIC_MESA support */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extensions */
|
||||
#define GLU_EXT_object_space_tess 1
|
||||
#define GLU_EXT_nurbs_tessellator 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Boolean */
|
||||
#define GLU_FALSE 0
|
||||
#define GLU_TRUE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version */
|
||||
#define GLU_VERSION_1_1 1
|
||||
#define GLU_VERSION_1_2 1
|
||||
#define GLU_VERSION_1_3 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* StringName */
|
||||
#define GLU_VERSION 100800
|
||||
#define GLU_EXTENSIONS 100801
|
||||
|
||||
/* ErrorCode */
|
||||
#define GLU_INVALID_ENUM 100900
|
||||
#define GLU_INVALID_VALUE 100901
|
||||
#define GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY 100902
|
||||
#define GLU_INCOMPATIBLE_GL_VERSION 100903
|
||||
#define GLU_INVALID_OPERATION 100904
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsDisplay */
|
||||
/* GLU_FILL */
|
||||
#define GLU_OUTLINE_POLYGON 100240
|
||||
#define GLU_OUTLINE_PATCH 100241
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsCallback */
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR 100103
|
||||
#define GLU_ERROR 100103
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_BEGIN 100164
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_BEGIN_EXT 100164
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_VERTEX 100165
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_VERTEX_EXT 100165
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_NORMAL 100166
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_NORMAL_EXT 100166
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_COLOR 100167
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_COLOR_EXT 100167
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TEXTURE_COORD 100168
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TEX_COORD_EXT 100168
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_END 100169
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_END_EXT 100169
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_BEGIN_DATA 100170
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_BEGIN_DATA_EXT 100170
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_VERTEX_DATA 100171
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_VERTEX_DATA_EXT 100171
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_NORMAL_DATA 100172
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_NORMAL_DATA_EXT 100172
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_COLOR_DATA 100173
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_COLOR_DATA_EXT 100173
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TEXTURE_COORD_DATA 100174
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TEX_COORD_DATA_EXT 100174
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_END_DATA 100175
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_END_DATA_EXT 100175
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsError */
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR1 100251
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR2 100252
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR3 100253
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR4 100254
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR5 100255
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR6 100256
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR7 100257
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR8 100258
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR9 100259
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR10 100260
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR11 100261
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR12 100262
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR13 100263
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR14 100264
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR15 100265
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR16 100266
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR17 100267
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR18 100268
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR19 100269
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR20 100270
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR21 100271
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR22 100272
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR23 100273
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR24 100274
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR25 100275
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR26 100276
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR27 100277
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR28 100278
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR29 100279
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR30 100280
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR31 100281
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR32 100282
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR33 100283
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR34 100284
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR35 100285
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR36 100286
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_ERROR37 100287
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsProperty */
|
||||
#define GLU_AUTO_LOAD_MATRIX 100200
|
||||
#define GLU_CULLING 100201
|
||||
#define GLU_SAMPLING_TOLERANCE 100203
|
||||
#define GLU_DISPLAY_MODE 100204
|
||||
#define GLU_PARAMETRIC_TOLERANCE 100202
|
||||
#define GLU_SAMPLING_METHOD 100205
|
||||
#define GLU_U_STEP 100206
|
||||
#define GLU_V_STEP 100207
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_MODE 100160
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_MODE_EXT 100160
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TESSELLATOR 100161
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_TESSELLATOR_EXT 100161
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_RENDERER 100162
|
||||
#define GLU_NURBS_RENDERER_EXT 100162
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsSampling */
|
||||
#define GLU_OBJECT_PARAMETRIC_ERROR 100208
|
||||
#define GLU_OBJECT_PARAMETRIC_ERROR_EXT 100208
|
||||
#define GLU_OBJECT_PATH_LENGTH 100209
|
||||
#define GLU_OBJECT_PATH_LENGTH_EXT 100209
|
||||
#define GLU_PATH_LENGTH 100215
|
||||
#define GLU_PARAMETRIC_ERROR 100216
|
||||
#define GLU_DOMAIN_DISTANCE 100217
|
||||
|
||||
/* NurbsTrim */
|
||||
#define GLU_MAP1_TRIM_2 100210
|
||||
#define GLU_MAP1_TRIM_3 100211
|
||||
|
||||
/* QuadricDrawStyle */
|
||||
#define GLU_POINT 100010
|
||||
#define GLU_LINE 100011
|
||||
#define GLU_FILL 100012
|
||||
#define GLU_SILHOUETTE 100013
|
||||
|
||||
/* QuadricCallback */
|
||||
/* GLU_ERROR */
|
||||
|
||||
/* QuadricNormal */
|
||||
#define GLU_SMOOTH 100000
|
||||
#define GLU_FLAT 100001
|
||||
#define GLU_NONE 100002
|
||||
|
||||
/* QuadricOrientation */
|
||||
#define GLU_OUTSIDE 100020
|
||||
#define GLU_INSIDE 100021
|
||||
|
||||
/* TessCallback */
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_BEGIN 100100
|
||||
#define GLU_BEGIN 100100
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_VERTEX 100101
|
||||
#define GLU_VERTEX 100101
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_END 100102
|
||||
#define GLU_END 100102
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR 100103
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG 100104
|
||||
#define GLU_EDGE_FLAG 100104
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_COMBINE 100105
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_BEGIN_DATA 100106
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_VERTEX_DATA 100107
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_END_DATA 100108
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR_DATA 100109
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG_DATA 100110
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_COMBINE_DATA 100111
|
||||
|
||||
/* TessContour */
|
||||
#define GLU_CW 100120
|
||||
#define GLU_CCW 100121
|
||||
#define GLU_INTERIOR 100122
|
||||
#define GLU_EXTERIOR 100123
|
||||
#define GLU_UNKNOWN 100124
|
||||
|
||||
/* TessProperty */
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_RULE 100140
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_BOUNDARY_ONLY 100141
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_TOLERANCE 100142
|
||||
|
||||
/* TessError */
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR1 100151
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR2 100152
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR3 100153
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR4 100154
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR5 100155
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR6 100156
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR7 100157
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_ERROR8 100158
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_POLYGON 100151
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_CONTOUR 100152
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_POLYGON 100153
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_CONTOUR 100154
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_COORD_TOO_LARGE 100155
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_NEED_COMBINE_CALLBACK 100156
|
||||
|
||||
/* TessWinding */
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD 100130
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_NONZERO 100131
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE 100132
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE 100133
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO 100134
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
class GLUnurbs;
|
||||
class GLUquadric;
|
||||
class GLUtesselator;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
typedef struct GLUnurbs GLUnurbs;
|
||||
typedef struct GLUquadric GLUquadric;
|
||||
typedef struct GLUtesselator GLUtesselator;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef GLUnurbs GLUnurbsObj;
|
||||
typedef GLUquadric GLUquadricObj;
|
||||
typedef GLUtesselator GLUtesselatorObj;
|
||||
typedef GLUtesselator GLUtriangulatorObj;
|
||||
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD 1.0e150
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal convenience typedefs */
|
||||
typedef void (GLAPIENTRYP _GLUfuncptr)(void);
|
||||
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluBeginCurve (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluBeginPolygon (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluBeginSurface (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluBeginTrim (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild1DMipmapLevels (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint level, GLint base, GLint max, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild1DMipmaps (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild2DMipmapLevels (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint level, GLint base, GLint max, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild2DMipmaps (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild3DMipmapLevels (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint level, GLint base, GLint max, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluBuild3DMipmaps (GLenum target, GLint internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLboolean GLAPIENTRY gluCheckExtension (const GLubyte *extName, const GLubyte *extString);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluCylinder (GLUquadric* quad, GLdouble base, GLdouble top, GLdouble height, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluDeleteNurbsRenderer (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluDeleteQuadric (GLUquadric* quad);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluDeleteTess (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluDisk (GLUquadric* quad, GLdouble inner, GLdouble outer, GLint slices, GLint loops);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluEndCurve (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluEndPolygon (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluEndSurface (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluEndTrim (GLUnurbs* nurb);
|
||||
GLAPI const GLubyte * GLAPIENTRY gluErrorString (GLenum error);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluGetNurbsProperty (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLenum property, GLfloat* data);
|
||||
GLAPI const GLubyte * GLAPIENTRY gluGetString (GLenum name);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluGetTessProperty (GLUtesselator* tess, GLenum which, GLdouble* data);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluLoadSamplingMatrices (GLUnurbs* nurb, const GLfloat *model, const GLfloat *perspective, const GLint *view);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluLookAt (GLdouble eyeX, GLdouble eyeY, GLdouble eyeZ, GLdouble centerX, GLdouble centerY, GLdouble centerZ, GLdouble upX, GLdouble upY, GLdouble upZ);
|
||||
GLAPI GLUnurbs* GLAPIENTRY gluNewNurbsRenderer (void);
|
||||
GLAPI GLUquadric* GLAPIENTRY gluNewQuadric (void);
|
||||
GLAPI GLUtesselator* GLAPIENTRY gluNewTess (void);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNextContour (GLUtesselator* tess, GLenum type);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsCallback (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLenum which, _GLUfuncptr CallBackFunc);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsCallbackData (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLvoid* userData);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsCallbackDataEXT (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLvoid* userData);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsCurve (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLint knotCount, GLfloat *knots, GLint stride, GLfloat *control, GLint order, GLenum type);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsProperty (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLenum property, GLfloat value);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluNurbsSurface (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLint sKnotCount, GLfloat* sKnots, GLint tKnotCount, GLfloat* tKnots, GLint sStride, GLint tStride, GLfloat* control, GLint sOrder, GLint tOrder, GLenum type);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluOrtho2D (GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluPartialDisk (GLUquadric* quad, GLdouble inner, GLdouble outer, GLint slices, GLint loops, GLdouble start, GLdouble sweep);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluPerspective (GLdouble fovy, GLdouble aspect, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluPickMatrix (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble delX, GLdouble delY, GLint *viewport);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluProject (GLdouble objX, GLdouble objY, GLdouble objZ, const GLdouble *model, const GLdouble *proj, const GLint *view, GLdouble* winX, GLdouble* winY, GLdouble* winZ);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluPwlCurve (GLUnurbs* nurb, GLint count, GLfloat* data, GLint stride, GLenum type);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluQuadricCallback (GLUquadric* quad, GLenum which, _GLUfuncptr CallBackFunc);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluQuadricDrawStyle (GLUquadric* quad, GLenum draw);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluQuadricNormals (GLUquadric* quad, GLenum normal);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluQuadricOrientation (GLUquadric* quad, GLenum orientation);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluQuadricTexture (GLUquadric* quad, GLboolean texture);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluScaleImage (GLenum format, GLsizei wIn, GLsizei hIn, GLenum typeIn, const void *dataIn, GLsizei wOut, GLsizei hOut, GLenum typeOut, GLvoid* dataOut);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluSphere (GLUquadric* quad, GLdouble radius, GLint slices, GLint stacks);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessBeginContour (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessBeginPolygon (GLUtesselator* tess, GLvoid* data);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessCallback (GLUtesselator* tess, GLenum which, _GLUfuncptr CallBackFunc);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessEndContour (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessEndPolygon (GLUtesselator* tess);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessNormal (GLUtesselator* tess, GLdouble valueX, GLdouble valueY, GLdouble valueZ);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessProperty (GLUtesselator* tess, GLenum which, GLdouble data);
|
||||
GLAPI void GLAPIENTRY gluTessVertex (GLUtesselator* tess, GLdouble *location, GLvoid* data);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluUnProject (GLdouble winX, GLdouble winY, GLdouble winZ, const GLdouble *model, const GLdouble *proj, const GLint *view, GLdouble* objX, GLdouble* objY, GLdouble* objZ);
|
||||
GLAPI GLint GLAPIENTRY gluUnProject4 (GLdouble winX, GLdouble winY, GLdouble winZ, GLdouble clipW, const GLdouble *model, const GLdouble *proj, const GLint *view, GLdouble nearVal, GLdouble farVal, GLdouble* objX, GLdouble* objY, GLdouble* objZ, GLdouble* objW);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __glu_h__ */
|
@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** gluos.h - operating system dependencies for GLU
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef __VMS
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
#pragma message disable nocordel
|
||||
#pragma message disable codeunreachable
|
||||
#pragma message disable codcauunr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WATCOMC__
|
||||
/* Disable *lots* of warnings to get a clean build. I can't be bothered fixing the
|
||||
* code at the moment, as it is pretty ugly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma warning 7 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 13 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 14 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 367 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 379 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 726 10
|
||||
#pragma warning 836 10
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BUILD_FOR_SNAP
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <malloc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(_WIN32)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> /* For _MAX_PATH definition */
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <malloc.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
#define NOGDI
|
||||
#define NOIME
|
||||
#define NOMINMAX
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR
|
||||
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
|
||||
/* XXX: Workaround a bug in mingw-w64's headers when NOGDI is set and
|
||||
* _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 */
|
||||
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0400
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef STRICT
|
||||
#define STRICT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable warnings */
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4101)
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4244)
|
||||
#pragma warning(disable : 4761)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1200 && _MSC_VER < 1300
|
||||
#pragma comment(linker, "/OPT:NOWIN98")
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WINGDIAPI
|
||||
#define WINGDIAPI
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__OS2__)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <malloc.h>
|
||||
#define WINGDIAPI
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Microsoft-specific keywords */
|
||||
#define GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
#define WINGDIAPI
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include "tessellate.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void run_example(const double vertices_array[],
|
||||
const double *contours_array[],
|
||||
int contours_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
double *coordinates_out;
|
||||
int *tris_out;
|
||||
int nverts, ntris, i;
|
||||
|
||||
const double *p = vertices_array;
|
||||
/* const double **contours = contours_array; */
|
||||
|
||||
tessellate(&coordinates_out, &nverts,
|
||||
&tris_out, &ntris,
|
||||
contours_array, contours_array + contours_size);
|
||||
|
||||
for (i=0; i<2 * nverts; ++i) {
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "%g ", coordinates_out[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "\n");
|
||||
for (i=0; i<3 * ntris; ++i) {
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "%d ", tris_out[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fprintf(stdout, "\n");
|
||||
free(coordinates_out);
|
||||
if (tris_out)
|
||||
free(tris_out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int main()
|
||||
{
|
||||
double a1[] = { 0, 0, 1, 5, 2, 0, -1, 3, 3, 3 };
|
||||
const double *c1[] = {a1, a1+10};
|
||||
int s1 = 2;
|
||||
run_example(a1, c1, 2);
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
double a2[] = { 0, 0, 3, 0, 3, 3, 0, 3,
|
||||
1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 1, 2 };
|
||||
const double *c2[] = {a2, a2+8, a2+16};
|
||||
int s2 = 3;
|
||||
run_example(a2, c2, s2);
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
double a3[] = { 441, 0, 326, 0, 326, 889, 12, 889, 12, 992, 755, 992, 755, 889, 441, 889 };
|
||||
const double *c3[] = { a3, a3+16 };
|
||||
int s3 = 2;
|
||||
run_example(a3, c3, s3);
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
#include "string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int __gl_memInit( size_t maxFast )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef NO_MALLOPT
|
||||
/* mallopt( M_MXFAST, maxFast );*/
|
||||
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
|
||||
mallopt( M_DEBUG, 1 );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
|
||||
void *__gl_memAlloc( size_t n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return memset( malloc( n ), 0xa5, n );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __memalloc_simple_h_
|
||||
#define __memalloc_simple_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define memRealloc realloc
|
||||
#define memFree free
|
||||
|
||||
#define memInit __gl_memInit
|
||||
/*extern void __gl_memInit( size_t );*/
|
||||
extern int __gl_memInit( size_t );
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MEMORY_DEBUG
|
||||
#define memAlloc malloc
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define memAlloc __gl_memAlloc
|
||||
extern void * __gl_memAlloc( size_t );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,798 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static GLUvertex *allocVertex()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (GLUvertex *)memAlloc( sizeof( GLUvertex ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static GLUface *allocFace()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (GLUface *)memAlloc( sizeof( GLUface ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ Utility Routines ************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate and free half-edges in pairs for efficiency.
|
||||
* The *only* place that should use this fact is allocation/free.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct { GLUhalfEdge e, eSym; } EdgePair;
|
||||
|
||||
/* MakeEdge creates a new pair of half-edges which form their own loop.
|
||||
* No vertex or face structures are allocated, but these must be assigned
|
||||
* before the current edge operation is completed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static GLUhalfEdge *MakeEdge( GLUhalfEdge *eNext )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eSym;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *ePrev;
|
||||
EdgePair *pair = (EdgePair *)memAlloc( sizeof( EdgePair ));
|
||||
if (pair == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
e = &pair->e;
|
||||
eSym = &pair->eSym;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure eNext points to the first edge of the edge pair */
|
||||
if( eNext->Sym < eNext ) { eNext = eNext->Sym; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert in circular doubly-linked list before eNext.
|
||||
* Note that the prev pointer is stored in Sym->next.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ePrev = eNext->Sym->next;
|
||||
eSym->next = ePrev;
|
||||
ePrev->Sym->next = e;
|
||||
e->next = eNext;
|
||||
eNext->Sym->next = eSym;
|
||||
|
||||
e->Sym = eSym;
|
||||
e->Onext = e;
|
||||
e->Lnext = eSym;
|
||||
e->Org = NULL;
|
||||
e->Lface = NULL;
|
||||
e->winding = 0;
|
||||
e->activeRegion = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
eSym->Sym = e;
|
||||
eSym->Onext = eSym;
|
||||
eSym->Lnext = e;
|
||||
eSym->Org = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->Lface = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->winding = 0;
|
||||
eSym->activeRegion = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Splice( a, b ) is best described by the Guibas/Stolfi paper or the
|
||||
* CS348a notes (see mesh.h). Basically it modifies the mesh so that
|
||||
* a->Onext and b->Onext are exchanged. This can have various effects
|
||||
* depending on whether a and b belong to different face or vertex rings.
|
||||
* For more explanation see __gl_meshSplice() below.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void Splice( GLUhalfEdge *a, GLUhalfEdge *b )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *aOnext = a->Onext;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *bOnext = b->Onext;
|
||||
|
||||
aOnext->Sym->Lnext = b;
|
||||
bOnext->Sym->Lnext = a;
|
||||
a->Onext = bOnext;
|
||||
b->Onext = aOnext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* MakeVertex( newVertex, eOrig, vNext ) attaches a new vertex and makes it the
|
||||
* origin of all edges in the vertex loop to which eOrig belongs. "vNext" gives
|
||||
* a place to insert the new vertex in the global vertex list. We insert
|
||||
* the new vertex *before* vNext so that algorithms which walk the vertex
|
||||
* list will not see the newly created vertices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void MakeVertex( GLUvertex *newVertex,
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eOrig, GLUvertex *vNext )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
GLUvertex *vPrev;
|
||||
GLUvertex *vNew = newVertex;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(vNew != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* insert in circular doubly-linked list before vNext */
|
||||
vPrev = vNext->prev;
|
||||
vNew->prev = vPrev;
|
||||
vPrev->next = vNew;
|
||||
vNew->next = vNext;
|
||||
vNext->prev = vNew;
|
||||
|
||||
vNew->anEdge = eOrig;
|
||||
vNew->data = NULL;
|
||||
/* leave coords, s, t undefined */
|
||||
|
||||
/* fix other edges on this vertex loop */
|
||||
e = eOrig;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
e->Org = vNew;
|
||||
e = e->Onext;
|
||||
} while( e != eOrig );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* MakeFace( newFace, eOrig, fNext ) attaches a new face and makes it the left
|
||||
* face of all edges in the face loop to which eOrig belongs. "fNext" gives
|
||||
* a place to insert the new face in the global face list. We insert
|
||||
* the new face *before* fNext so that algorithms which walk the face
|
||||
* list will not see the newly created faces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void MakeFace( GLUface *newFace, GLUhalfEdge *eOrig, GLUface *fNext )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
GLUface *fPrev;
|
||||
GLUface *fNew = newFace;
|
||||
|
||||
assert(fNew != NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* insert in circular doubly-linked list before fNext */
|
||||
fPrev = fNext->prev;
|
||||
fNew->prev = fPrev;
|
||||
fPrev->next = fNew;
|
||||
fNew->next = fNext;
|
||||
fNext->prev = fNew;
|
||||
|
||||
fNew->anEdge = eOrig;
|
||||
fNew->data = NULL;
|
||||
fNew->trail = NULL;
|
||||
fNew->marked = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The new face is marked "inside" if the old one was. This is a
|
||||
* convenience for the common case where a face has been split in two.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
fNew->inside = fNext->inside;
|
||||
|
||||
/* fix other edges on this face loop */
|
||||
e = eOrig;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
e->Lface = fNew;
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != eOrig );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* KillEdge( eDel ) destroys an edge (the half-edges eDel and eDel->Sym),
|
||||
* and removes from the global edge list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void KillEdge( GLUhalfEdge *eDel )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *ePrev, *eNext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Half-edges are allocated in pairs, see EdgePair above */
|
||||
if( eDel->Sym < eDel ) { eDel = eDel->Sym; }
|
||||
|
||||
/* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
|
||||
eNext = eDel->next;
|
||||
ePrev = eDel->Sym->next;
|
||||
eNext->Sym->next = ePrev;
|
||||
ePrev->Sym->next = eNext;
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( eDel );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* KillVertex( vDel ) destroys a vertex and removes it from the global
|
||||
* vertex list. It updates the vertex loop to point to a given new vertex.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void KillVertex( GLUvertex *vDel, GLUvertex *newOrg )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eStart = vDel->anEdge;
|
||||
GLUvertex *vPrev, *vNext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* change the origin of all affected edges */
|
||||
e = eStart;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
e->Org = newOrg;
|
||||
e = e->Onext;
|
||||
} while( e != eStart );
|
||||
|
||||
/* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
|
||||
vPrev = vDel->prev;
|
||||
vNext = vDel->next;
|
||||
vNext->prev = vPrev;
|
||||
vPrev->next = vNext;
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( vDel );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* KillFace( fDel ) destroys a face and removes it from the global face
|
||||
* list. It updates the face loop to point to a given new face.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void KillFace( GLUface *fDel, GLUface *newLface )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eStart = fDel->anEdge;
|
||||
GLUface *fPrev, *fNext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* change the left face of all affected edges */
|
||||
e = eStart;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
e->Lface = newLface;
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != eStart );
|
||||
|
||||
/* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
|
||||
fPrev = fDel->prev;
|
||||
fNext = fDel->next;
|
||||
fNext->prev = fPrev;
|
||||
fPrev->next = fNext;
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( fDel );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/****************** Basic Edge Operations **********************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshMakeEdge creates one edge, two vertices, and a loop (face).
|
||||
* The loop consists of the two new half-edges.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshMakeEdge( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUvertex *newVertex1= allocVertex();
|
||||
GLUvertex *newVertex2= allocVertex();
|
||||
GLUface *newFace= allocFace();
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if any one is null then all get freed */
|
||||
if (newVertex1 == NULL || newVertex2 == NULL || newFace == NULL) {
|
||||
if (newVertex1 != NULL) memFree(newVertex1);
|
||||
if (newVertex2 != NULL) memFree(newVertex2);
|
||||
if (newFace != NULL) memFree(newFace);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
e = MakeEdge( &mesh->eHead );
|
||||
if (e == NULL) {
|
||||
memFree(newVertex1);
|
||||
memFree(newVertex2);
|
||||
memFree(newFace);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MakeVertex( newVertex1, e, &mesh->vHead );
|
||||
MakeVertex( newVertex2, e->Sym, &mesh->vHead );
|
||||
MakeFace( newFace, e, &mesh->fHead );
|
||||
return e;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshSplice( eOrg, eDst ) is the basic operation for changing the
|
||||
* mesh connectivity and topology. It changes the mesh so that
|
||||
* eOrg->Onext <- OLD( eDst->Onext )
|
||||
* eDst->Onext <- OLD( eOrg->Onext )
|
||||
* where OLD(...) means the value before the meshSplice operation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can have two effects on the vertex structure:
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Org != eDst->Org, the two vertices are merged together
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Org == eDst->Org, the origin is split into two vertices
|
||||
* In both cases, eDst->Org is changed and eOrg->Org is untouched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Similarly (and independently) for the face structure,
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, one loop is split into two
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Lface != eDst->Lface, two distinct loops are joined into one
|
||||
* In both cases, eDst->Lface is changed and eOrg->Lface is unaffected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some special cases:
|
||||
* If eDst == eOrg, the operation has no effect.
|
||||
* If eDst == eOrg->Lnext, the new face will have a single edge.
|
||||
* If eDst == eOrg->Lprev, the old face will have a single edge.
|
||||
* If eDst == eOrg->Onext, the new vertex will have a single edge.
|
||||
* If eDst == eOrg->Oprev, the old vertex will have a single edge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_meshSplice( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg, GLUhalfEdge *eDst )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int joiningLoops = FALSE;
|
||||
int joiningVertices = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if( eOrg == eDst ) return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if( eDst->Org != eOrg->Org ) {
|
||||
/* We are merging two disjoint vertices -- destroy eDst->Org */
|
||||
joiningVertices = TRUE;
|
||||
KillVertex( eDst->Org, eOrg->Org );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( eDst->Lface != eOrg->Lface ) {
|
||||
/* We are connecting two disjoint loops -- destroy eDst->Lface */
|
||||
joiningLoops = TRUE;
|
||||
KillFace( eDst->Lface, eOrg->Lface );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the edge structure */
|
||||
Splice( eDst, eOrg );
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! joiningVertices ) {
|
||||
GLUvertex *newVertex= allocVertex();
|
||||
if (newVertex == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We split one vertex into two -- the new vertex is eDst->Org.
|
||||
* Make sure the old vertex points to a valid half-edge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MakeVertex( newVertex, eDst, eOrg->Org );
|
||||
eOrg->Org->anEdge = eOrg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( ! joiningLoops ) {
|
||||
GLUface *newFace= allocFace();
|
||||
if (newFace == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We split one loop into two -- the new loop is eDst->Lface.
|
||||
* Make sure the old face points to a valid half-edge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MakeFace( newFace, eDst, eOrg->Lface );
|
||||
eOrg->Lface->anEdge = eOrg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshDelete( eDel ) removes the edge eDel. There are several cases:
|
||||
* if (eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface), we join two loops into one; the loop
|
||||
* eDel->Lface is deleted. Otherwise, we are splitting one loop into two;
|
||||
* the newly created loop will contain eDel->Dst. If the deletion of eDel
|
||||
* would create isolated vertices, those are deleted as well.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function could be implemented as two calls to __gl_meshSplice
|
||||
* plus a few calls to memFree, but this would allocate and delete
|
||||
* unnecessary vertices and faces.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_meshDelete( GLUhalfEdge *eDel )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eDelSym = eDel->Sym;
|
||||
int joiningLoops = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* First step: disconnect the origin vertex eDel->Org. We make all
|
||||
* changes to get a consistent mesh in this "intermediate" state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface ) {
|
||||
/* We are joining two loops into one -- remove the left face */
|
||||
joiningLoops = TRUE;
|
||||
KillFace( eDel->Lface, eDel->Rface );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( eDel->Onext == eDel ) {
|
||||
KillVertex( eDel->Org, NULL );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Make sure that eDel->Org and eDel->Rface point to valid half-edges */
|
||||
eDel->Rface->anEdge = eDel->Oprev;
|
||||
eDel->Org->anEdge = eDel->Onext;
|
||||
|
||||
Splice( eDel, eDel->Oprev );
|
||||
if( ! joiningLoops ) {
|
||||
GLUface *newFace= allocFace();
|
||||
if (newFace == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We are splitting one loop into two -- create a new loop for eDel. */
|
||||
MakeFace( newFace, eDel, eDel->Lface );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Claim: the mesh is now in a consistent state, except that eDel->Org
|
||||
* may have been deleted. Now we disconnect eDel->Dst.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( eDelSym->Onext == eDelSym ) {
|
||||
KillVertex( eDelSym->Org, NULL );
|
||||
KillFace( eDelSym->Lface, NULL );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Make sure that eDel->Dst and eDel->Lface point to valid half-edges */
|
||||
eDel->Lface->anEdge = eDelSym->Oprev;
|
||||
eDelSym->Org->anEdge = eDelSym->Onext;
|
||||
Splice( eDelSym, eDelSym->Oprev );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Any isolated vertices or faces have already been freed. */
|
||||
KillEdge( eDel );
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************** Other Edge Operations **********************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* All these routines can be implemented with the basic edge
|
||||
* operations above. They are provided for convenience and efficiency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshAddEdgeVertex( eOrg ) creates a new edge eNew such that
|
||||
* eNew == eOrg->Lnext, and eNew->Dst is a newly created vertex.
|
||||
* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshAddEdgeVertex( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eNewSym;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eNew = MakeEdge( eOrg );
|
||||
if (eNew == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
eNewSym = eNew->Sym;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Connect the new edge appropriately */
|
||||
Splice( eNew, eOrg->Lnext );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the vertex and face information */
|
||||
eNew->Org = eOrg->Dst;
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUvertex *newVertex= allocVertex();
|
||||
if (newVertex == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
MakeVertex( newVertex, eNewSym, eNew->Org );
|
||||
}
|
||||
eNew->Lface = eNewSym->Lface = eOrg->Lface;
|
||||
|
||||
return eNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshSplitEdge( eOrg ) splits eOrg into two edges eOrg and eNew,
|
||||
* such that eNew == eOrg->Lnext. The new vertex is eOrg->Dst == eNew->Org.
|
||||
* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshSplitEdge( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eNew;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= __gl_meshAddEdgeVertex( eOrg );
|
||||
if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
eNew = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disconnect eOrg from eOrg->Dst and connect it to eNew->Org */
|
||||
Splice( eOrg->Sym, eOrg->Sym->Oprev );
|
||||
Splice( eOrg->Sym, eNew );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the vertex and face information */
|
||||
eOrg->Dst = eNew->Org;
|
||||
eNew->Dst->anEdge = eNew->Sym; /* may have pointed to eOrg->Sym */
|
||||
eNew->Rface = eOrg->Rface;
|
||||
eNew->winding = eOrg->winding; /* copy old winding information */
|
||||
eNew->Sym->winding = eOrg->Sym->winding;
|
||||
|
||||
return eNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshConnect( eOrg, eDst ) creates a new edge from eOrg->Dst
|
||||
* to eDst->Org, and returns the corresponding half-edge eNew.
|
||||
* If eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, this splits one loop into two,
|
||||
* and the newly created loop is eNew->Lface. Otherwise, two disjoint
|
||||
* loops are merged into one, and the loop eDst->Lface is destroyed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If (eOrg == eDst), the new face will have only two edges.
|
||||
* If (eOrg->Lnext == eDst), the old face is reduced to a single edge.
|
||||
* If (eOrg->Lnext->Lnext == eDst), the old face is reduced to two edges.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshConnect( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg, GLUhalfEdge *eDst )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eNewSym;
|
||||
int joiningLoops = FALSE;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eNew = MakeEdge( eOrg );
|
||||
if (eNew == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
eNewSym = eNew->Sym;
|
||||
|
||||
if( eDst->Lface != eOrg->Lface ) {
|
||||
/* We are connecting two disjoint loops -- destroy eDst->Lface */
|
||||
joiningLoops = TRUE;
|
||||
KillFace( eDst->Lface, eOrg->Lface );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Connect the new edge appropriately */
|
||||
Splice( eNew, eOrg->Lnext );
|
||||
Splice( eNewSym, eDst );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the vertex and face information */
|
||||
eNew->Org = eOrg->Dst;
|
||||
eNewSym->Org = eDst->Org;
|
||||
eNew->Lface = eNewSym->Lface = eOrg->Lface;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the old face points to a valid half-edge */
|
||||
eOrg->Lface->anEdge = eNewSym;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! joiningLoops ) {
|
||||
GLUface *newFace= allocFace();
|
||||
if (newFace == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We split one loop into two -- the new loop is eNew->Lface */
|
||||
MakeFace( newFace, eNew, eOrg->Lface );
|
||||
}
|
||||
return eNew;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/******************** Other Operations **********************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshZapFace( fZap ) destroys a face and removes it from the
|
||||
* global face list. All edges of fZap will have a NULL pointer as their
|
||||
* left face. Any edges which also have a NULL pointer as their right face
|
||||
* are deleted entirely (along with any isolated vertices this produces).
|
||||
* An entire mesh can be deleted by zapping its faces, one at a time,
|
||||
* in any order. Zapped faces cannot be used in further mesh operations!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_meshZapFace( GLUface *fZap )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eStart = fZap->anEdge;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eNext, *eSym;
|
||||
GLUface *fPrev, *fNext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* walk around face, deleting edges whose right face is also NULL */
|
||||
eNext = eStart->Lnext;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
e = eNext;
|
||||
eNext = e->Lnext;
|
||||
|
||||
e->Lface = NULL;
|
||||
if( e->Rface == NULL ) {
|
||||
/* delete the edge -- see __gl_MeshDelete above */
|
||||
|
||||
if( e->Onext == e ) {
|
||||
KillVertex( e->Org, NULL );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Make sure that e->Org points to a valid half-edge */
|
||||
e->Org->anEdge = e->Onext;
|
||||
Splice( e, e->Oprev );
|
||||
}
|
||||
eSym = e->Sym;
|
||||
if( eSym->Onext == eSym ) {
|
||||
KillVertex( eSym->Org, NULL );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Make sure that eSym->Org points to a valid half-edge */
|
||||
eSym->Org->anEdge = eSym->Onext;
|
||||
Splice( eSym, eSym->Oprev );
|
||||
}
|
||||
KillEdge( e );
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while( e != eStart );
|
||||
|
||||
/* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
|
||||
fPrev = fZap->prev;
|
||||
fNext = fZap->next;
|
||||
fNext->prev = fPrev;
|
||||
fPrev->next = fNext;
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( fZap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshNewMesh() creates a new mesh with no edges, no vertices,
|
||||
* and no loops (what we usually call a "face").
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUmesh *__gl_meshNewMesh( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUvertex *v;
|
||||
GLUface *f;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eSym;
|
||||
GLUmesh *mesh = (GLUmesh *)memAlloc( sizeof( GLUmesh ));
|
||||
if (mesh == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
v = &mesh->vHead;
|
||||
f = &mesh->fHead;
|
||||
e = &mesh->eHead;
|
||||
eSym = &mesh->eHeadSym;
|
||||
|
||||
v->next = v->prev = v;
|
||||
v->anEdge = NULL;
|
||||
v->data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
f->next = f->prev = f;
|
||||
f->anEdge = NULL;
|
||||
f->data = NULL;
|
||||
f->trail = NULL;
|
||||
f->marked = FALSE;
|
||||
f->inside = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
e->next = e;
|
||||
e->Sym = eSym;
|
||||
e->Onext = NULL;
|
||||
e->Lnext = NULL;
|
||||
e->Org = NULL;
|
||||
e->Lface = NULL;
|
||||
e->winding = 0;
|
||||
e->activeRegion = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
eSym->next = eSym;
|
||||
eSym->Sym = e;
|
||||
eSym->Onext = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->Lnext = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->Org = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->Lface = NULL;
|
||||
eSym->winding = 0;
|
||||
eSym->activeRegion = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return mesh;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshUnion( mesh1, mesh2 ) forms the union of all structures in
|
||||
* both meshes, and returns the new mesh (the old meshes are destroyed).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUmesh *__gl_meshUnion( GLUmesh *mesh1, GLUmesh *mesh2 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f1 = &mesh1->fHead;
|
||||
GLUvertex *v1 = &mesh1->vHead;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e1 = &mesh1->eHead;
|
||||
GLUface *f2 = &mesh2->fHead;
|
||||
GLUvertex *v2 = &mesh2->vHead;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e2 = &mesh2->eHead;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the faces, vertices, and edges of mesh2 to those of mesh1 */
|
||||
if( f2->next != f2 ) {
|
||||
f1->prev->next = f2->next;
|
||||
f2->next->prev = f1->prev;
|
||||
f2->prev->next = f1;
|
||||
f1->prev = f2->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( v2->next != v2 ) {
|
||||
v1->prev->next = v2->next;
|
||||
v2->next->prev = v1->prev;
|
||||
v2->prev->next = v1;
|
||||
v1->prev = v2->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( e2->next != e2 ) {
|
||||
e1->Sym->next->Sym->next = e2->next;
|
||||
e2->next->Sym->next = e1->Sym->next;
|
||||
e2->Sym->next->Sym->next = e1;
|
||||
e1->Sym->next = e2->Sym->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( mesh2 );
|
||||
return mesh1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DELETE_BY_ZAPPING
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_meshDeleteMesh( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *fHead = &mesh->fHead;
|
||||
|
||||
while( fHead->next != fHead ) {
|
||||
__gl_meshZapFace( fHead->next );
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( mesh->vHead.next == &mesh->vHead );
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( mesh );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_meshDeleteMesh( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f, *fNext;
|
||||
GLUvertex *v, *vNext;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eNext;
|
||||
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = fNext ) {
|
||||
fNext = f->next;
|
||||
memFree( f );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for( v = mesh->vHead.next; v != &mesh->vHead; v = vNext ) {
|
||||
vNext = v->next;
|
||||
memFree( v );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for( e = mesh->eHead.next; e != &mesh->eHead; e = eNext ) {
|
||||
/* One call frees both e and e->Sym (see EdgePair above) */
|
||||
eNext = e->next;
|
||||
memFree( e );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memFree( mesh );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshCheckMesh( mesh ) checks a mesh for self-consistency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_meshCheckMesh( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *fHead = &mesh->fHead;
|
||||
GLUvertex *vHead = &mesh->vHead;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eHead = &mesh->eHead;
|
||||
GLUface *f, *fPrev;
|
||||
GLUvertex *v, *vPrev;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *ePrev;
|
||||
|
||||
fPrev = fHead;
|
||||
for( fPrev = fHead ; (f = fPrev->next) != fHead; fPrev = f) {
|
||||
assert( f->prev == fPrev );
|
||||
e = f->anEdge;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
assert( e->Sym != e );
|
||||
assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Lface == f );
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != f->anEdge );
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( f->prev == fPrev && f->anEdge == NULL && f->data == NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
vPrev = vHead;
|
||||
for( vPrev = vHead ; (v = vPrev->next) != vHead; vPrev = v) {
|
||||
assert( v->prev == vPrev );
|
||||
e = v->anEdge;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
assert( e->Sym != e );
|
||||
assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Org == v );
|
||||
e = e->Onext;
|
||||
} while( e != v->anEdge );
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( v->prev == vPrev && v->anEdge == NULL && v->data == NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
ePrev = eHead;
|
||||
for( ePrev = eHead ; (e = ePrev->next) != eHead; ePrev = e) {
|
||||
assert( e->Sym->next == ePrev->Sym );
|
||||
assert( e->Sym != e );
|
||||
assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Org != NULL );
|
||||
assert( e->Dst != NULL );
|
||||
assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
|
||||
assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert( e->Sym->next == ePrev->Sym
|
||||
&& e->Sym == &mesh->eHeadSym
|
||||
&& e->Sym->Sym == e
|
||||
&& e->Org == NULL && e->Dst == NULL
|
||||
&& e->Lface == NULL && e->Rface == NULL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __mesh_h_
|
||||
#define __mesh_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "glu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GLUmesh GLUmesh;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct GLUvertex GLUvertex;
|
||||
typedef struct GLUface GLUface;
|
||||
typedef struct GLUhalfEdge GLUhalfEdge;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct ActiveRegion ActiveRegion; /* Internal data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The mesh structure is similar in spirit, notation, and operations
|
||||
* to the "quad-edge" structure (see L. Guibas and J. Stolfi, Primitives
|
||||
* for the manipulation of general subdivisions and the computation of
|
||||
* Voronoi diagrams, ACM Transactions on Graphics, 4(2):74-123, April 1985).
|
||||
* For a simplified description, see the course notes for CS348a,
|
||||
* "Mathematical Foundations of Computer Graphics", available at the
|
||||
* Stanford bookstore (and taught during the fall quarter).
|
||||
* The implementation also borrows a tiny subset of the graph-based approach
|
||||
* use in Mantyla's Geometric Work Bench (see M. Mantyla, An Introduction
|
||||
* to Sold Modeling, Computer Science Press, Rockville, Maryland, 1988).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fundamental data structure is the "half-edge". Two half-edges
|
||||
* go together to make an edge, but they point in opposite directions.
|
||||
* Each half-edge has a pointer to its mate (the "symmetric" half-edge Sym),
|
||||
* its origin vertex (Org), the face on its left side (Lface), and the
|
||||
* adjacent half-edges in the CCW direction around the origin vertex
|
||||
* (Onext) and around the left face (Lnext). There is also a "next"
|
||||
* pointer for the global edge list (see below).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The notation used for mesh navigation:
|
||||
* Sym = the mate of a half-edge (same edge, but opposite direction)
|
||||
* Onext = edge CCW around origin vertex (keep same origin)
|
||||
* Dnext = edge CCW around destination vertex (keep same dest)
|
||||
* Lnext = edge CCW around left face (dest becomes new origin)
|
||||
* Rnext = edge CCW around right face (origin becomes new dest)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "prev" means to substitute CW for CCW in the definitions above.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The mesh keeps global lists of all vertices, faces, and edges,
|
||||
* stored as doubly-linked circular lists with a dummy header node.
|
||||
* The mesh stores pointers to these dummy headers (vHead, fHead, eHead).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The circular edge list is special; since half-edges always occur
|
||||
* in pairs (e and e->Sym), each half-edge stores a pointer in only
|
||||
* one direction. Starting at eHead and following the e->next pointers
|
||||
* will visit each *edge* once (ie. e or e->Sym, but not both).
|
||||
* e->Sym stores a pointer in the opposite direction, thus it is
|
||||
* always true that e->Sym->next->Sym->next == e.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each vertex has a pointer to next and previous vertices in the
|
||||
* circular list, and a pointer to a half-edge with this vertex as
|
||||
* the origin (NULL if this is the dummy header). There is also a
|
||||
* field "data" for client data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each face has a pointer to the next and previous faces in the
|
||||
* circular list, and a pointer to a half-edge with this face as
|
||||
* the left face (NULL if this is the dummy header). There is also
|
||||
* a field "data" for client data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that what we call a "face" is really a loop; faces may consist
|
||||
* of more than one loop (ie. not simply connected), but there is no
|
||||
* record of this in the data structure. The mesh may consist of
|
||||
* several disconnected regions, so it may not be possible to visit
|
||||
* the entire mesh by starting at a half-edge and traversing the edge
|
||||
* structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The mesh does NOT support isolated vertices; a vertex is deleted along
|
||||
* with its last edge. Similarly when two faces are merged, one of the
|
||||
* faces is deleted (see __gl_meshDelete below). For mesh operations,
|
||||
* all face (loop) and vertex pointers must not be NULL. However, once
|
||||
* mesh manipulation is finished, __gl_MeshZapFace can be used to delete
|
||||
* faces of the mesh, one at a time. All external faces can be "zapped"
|
||||
* before the mesh is returned to the client; then a NULL face indicates
|
||||
* a region which is not part of the output polygon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct GLUvertex {
|
||||
GLUvertex *next; /* next vertex (never NULL) */
|
||||
GLUvertex *prev; /* previous vertex (never NULL) */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *anEdge; /* a half-edge with this origin */
|
||||
void *data; /* client's data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal data (keep hidden) */
|
||||
GLdouble coords[3]; /* vertex location in 3D */
|
||||
GLdouble s, t; /* projection onto the sweep plane */
|
||||
long pqHandle; /* to allow deletion from priority queue */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct GLUface {
|
||||
GLUface *next; /* next face (never NULL) */
|
||||
GLUface *prev; /* previous face (never NULL) */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *anEdge; /* a half edge with this left face */
|
||||
void *data; /* room for client's data */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal data (keep hidden) */
|
||||
GLUface *trail; /* "stack" for conversion to strips */
|
||||
GLboolean marked; /* flag for conversion to strips */
|
||||
GLboolean inside; /* this face is in the polygon interior */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct GLUhalfEdge {
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *next; /* doubly-linked list (prev==Sym->next) */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *Sym; /* same edge, opposite direction */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *Onext; /* next edge CCW around origin */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *Lnext; /* next edge CCW around left face */
|
||||
GLUvertex *Org; /* origin vertex (Overtex too long) */
|
||||
GLUface *Lface; /* left face */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Internal data (keep hidden) */
|
||||
ActiveRegion *activeRegion; /* a region with this upper edge (sweep.c) */
|
||||
int winding; /* change in winding number when crossing
|
||||
from the right face to the left face */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define Rface Sym->Lface
|
||||
#define Dst Sym->Org
|
||||
|
||||
#define Oprev Sym->Lnext
|
||||
#define Lprev Onext->Sym
|
||||
#define Dprev Lnext->Sym
|
||||
#define Rprev Sym->Onext
|
||||
#define Dnext Rprev->Sym /* 3 pointers */
|
||||
#define Rnext Oprev->Sym /* 3 pointers */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
struct GLUmesh {
|
||||
GLUvertex vHead; /* dummy header for vertex list */
|
||||
GLUface fHead; /* dummy header for face list */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge eHead; /* dummy header for edge list */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge eHeadSym; /* and its symmetric counterpart */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* The mesh operations below have three motivations: completeness,
|
||||
* convenience, and efficiency. The basic mesh operations are MakeEdge,
|
||||
* Splice, and Delete. All the other edge operations can be implemented
|
||||
* in terms of these. The other operations are provided for convenience
|
||||
* and/or efficiency.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When a face is split or a vertex is added, they are inserted into the
|
||||
* global list *before* the existing vertex or face (ie. e->Org or e->Lface).
|
||||
* This makes it easier to process all vertices or faces in the global lists
|
||||
* without worrying about processing the same data twice. As a convenience,
|
||||
* when a face is split, the "inside" flag is copied from the old face.
|
||||
* Other internal data (v->data, v->activeRegion, f->data, f->marked,
|
||||
* f->trail, e->winding) is set to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ********************** Basic Edge Operations **************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshMakeEdge( mesh ) creates one edge, two vertices, and a loop.
|
||||
* The loop (face) consists of the two new half-edges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshSplice( eOrg, eDst ) is the basic operation for changing the
|
||||
* mesh connectivity and topology. It changes the mesh so that
|
||||
* eOrg->Onext <- OLD( eDst->Onext )
|
||||
* eDst->Onext <- OLD( eOrg->Onext )
|
||||
* where OLD(...) means the value before the meshSplice operation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can have two effects on the vertex structure:
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Org != eDst->Org, the two vertices are merged together
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Org == eDst->Org, the origin is split into two vertices
|
||||
* In both cases, eDst->Org is changed and eOrg->Org is untouched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Similarly (and independently) for the face structure,
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, one loop is split into two
|
||||
* - if eOrg->Lface != eDst->Lface, two distinct loops are joined into one
|
||||
* In both cases, eDst->Lface is changed and eOrg->Lface is unaffected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshDelete( eDel ) removes the edge eDel. There are several cases:
|
||||
* if (eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface), we join two loops into one; the loop
|
||||
* eDel->Lface is deleted. Otherwise, we are splitting one loop into two;
|
||||
* the newly created loop will contain eDel->Dst. If the deletion of eDel
|
||||
* would create isolated vertices, those are deleted as well.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ********************** Other Edge Operations **************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshAddEdgeVertex( eOrg ) creates a new edge eNew such that
|
||||
* eNew == eOrg->Lnext, and eNew->Dst is a newly created vertex.
|
||||
* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshSplitEdge( eOrg ) splits eOrg into two edges eOrg and eNew,
|
||||
* such that eNew == eOrg->Lnext. The new vertex is eOrg->Dst == eNew->Org.
|
||||
* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshConnect( eOrg, eDst ) creates a new edge from eOrg->Dst
|
||||
* to eDst->Org, and returns the corresponding half-edge eNew.
|
||||
* If eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, this splits one loop into two,
|
||||
* and the newly created loop is eNew->Lface. Otherwise, two disjoint
|
||||
* loops are merged into one, and the loop eDst->Lface is destroyed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ************************ Other Operations *****************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshNewMesh() creates a new mesh with no edges, no vertices,
|
||||
* and no loops (what we usually call a "face").
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshUnion( mesh1, mesh2 ) forms the union of all structures in
|
||||
* both meshes, and returns the new mesh (the old meshes are destroyed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshZapFace( fZap ) destroys a face and removes it from the
|
||||
* global face list. All edges of fZap will have a NULL pointer as their
|
||||
* left face. Any edges which also have a NULL pointer as their right face
|
||||
* are deleted entirely (along with any isolated vertices this produces).
|
||||
* An entire mesh can be deleted by zapping its faces, one at a time,
|
||||
* in any order. Zapped faces cannot be used in further mesh operations!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshCheckMesh( mesh ) checks a mesh for self-consistency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshMakeEdge( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
int __gl_meshSplice( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg, GLUhalfEdge *eDst );
|
||||
int __gl_meshDelete( GLUhalfEdge *eDel );
|
||||
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshAddEdgeVertex( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg );
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshSplitEdge( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg );
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *__gl_meshConnect( GLUhalfEdge *eOrg, GLUhalfEdge *eDst );
|
||||
|
||||
GLUmesh *__gl_meshNewMesh( void );
|
||||
GLUmesh *__gl_meshUnion( GLUmesh *mesh1, GLUmesh *mesh2 );
|
||||
void __gl_meshDeleteMesh( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
void __gl_meshZapFace( GLUface *fZap );
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NDEBUG
|
||||
#define __gl_meshCheckMesh( mesh )
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void __gl_meshCheckMesh( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "tess.h"
|
||||
#include "normal.h"
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define Dot(u,v) (u[0]*v[0] + u[1]*v[1] + u[2]*v[2])
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
static void Normalize( GLdouble v[3] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLdouble len = v[0]*v[0] + v[1]*v[1] + v[2]*v[2];
|
||||
|
||||
assert( len > 0 );
|
||||
len = sqrt( len );
|
||||
v[0] /= len;
|
||||
v[1] /= len;
|
||||
v[2] /= len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef ABS
|
||||
#define ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
|
||||
|
||||
static int LongAxis( GLdouble v[3] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ABS(v[1]) > ABS(v[0]) ) { i = 1; }
|
||||
if( ABS(v[2]) > ABS(v[i]) ) { i = 2; }
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void ComputeNormal( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble norm[3] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUvertex *v, *v1, *v2;
|
||||
GLdouble c, tLen2, maxLen2;
|
||||
GLdouble maxVal[3], minVal[3], d1[3], d2[3], tNorm[3];
|
||||
GLUvertex *maxVert[3], *minVert[3];
|
||||
GLUvertex *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
maxVal[0] = maxVal[1] = maxVal[2] = -2 * GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD;
|
||||
minVal[0] = minVal[1] = minVal[2] = 2 * GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD;
|
||||
|
||||
for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
|
||||
for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i ) {
|
||||
c = v->coords[i];
|
||||
if( c < minVal[i] ) { minVal[i] = c; minVert[i] = v; }
|
||||
if( c > maxVal[i] ) { maxVal[i] = c; maxVert[i] = v; }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find two vertices separated by at least 1/sqrt(3) of the maximum
|
||||
* distance between any two vertices
|
||||
*/
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
if( maxVal[1] - minVal[1] > maxVal[0] - minVal[0] ) { i = 1; }
|
||||
if( maxVal[2] - minVal[2] > maxVal[i] - minVal[i] ) { i = 2; }
|
||||
if( minVal[i] >= maxVal[i] ) {
|
||||
/* All vertices are the same -- normal doesn't matter */
|
||||
norm[0] = 0; norm[1] = 0; norm[2] = 1;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look for a third vertex which forms the triangle with maximum area
|
||||
* (Length of normal == twice the triangle area)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
maxLen2 = 0;
|
||||
v1 = minVert[i];
|
||||
v2 = maxVert[i];
|
||||
d1[0] = v1->coords[0] - v2->coords[0];
|
||||
d1[1] = v1->coords[1] - v2->coords[1];
|
||||
d1[2] = v1->coords[2] - v2->coords[2];
|
||||
for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
|
||||
d2[0] = v->coords[0] - v2->coords[0];
|
||||
d2[1] = v->coords[1] - v2->coords[1];
|
||||
d2[2] = v->coords[2] - v2->coords[2];
|
||||
tNorm[0] = d1[1]*d2[2] - d1[2]*d2[1];
|
||||
tNorm[1] = d1[2]*d2[0] - d1[0]*d2[2];
|
||||
tNorm[2] = d1[0]*d2[1] - d1[1]*d2[0];
|
||||
tLen2 = tNorm[0]*tNorm[0] + tNorm[1]*tNorm[1] + tNorm[2]*tNorm[2];
|
||||
if( tLen2 > maxLen2 ) {
|
||||
maxLen2 = tLen2;
|
||||
norm[0] = tNorm[0];
|
||||
norm[1] = tNorm[1];
|
||||
norm[2] = tNorm[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( maxLen2 <= 0 ) {
|
||||
/* All points lie on a single line -- any decent normal will do */
|
||||
norm[0] = norm[1] = norm[2] = 0;
|
||||
norm[LongAxis(d1)] = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void CheckOrientation( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLdouble area;
|
||||
GLUface *f, *fHead = &tess->mesh->fHead;
|
||||
GLUvertex *v, *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
|
||||
/* When we compute the normal automatically, we choose the orientation
|
||||
* so that the sum of the signed areas of all contours is non-negative.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
area = 0;
|
||||
for( f = fHead->next; f != fHead; f = f->next ) {
|
||||
e = f->anEdge;
|
||||
if( e->winding <= 0 ) continue;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
area += (e->Org->s - e->Dst->s) * (e->Org->t + e->Dst->t);
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != f->anEdge );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( area < 0 ) {
|
||||
/* Reverse the orientation by flipping all the t-coordinates */
|
||||
for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
|
||||
v->t = - v->t;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tess->tUnit[0] = - tess->tUnit[0];
|
||||
tess->tUnit[1] = - tess->tUnit[1];
|
||||
tess->tUnit[2] = - tess->tUnit[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
extern int RandomSweep;
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_X (RandomSweep ? (2*drand48()-1) : 1.0)
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_Y (RandomSweep ? (2*drand48()-1) : 0.0)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if defined(SLANTED_SWEEP)
|
||||
/* The "feature merging" is not intended to be complete. There are
|
||||
* special cases where edges are nearly parallel to the sweep line
|
||||
* which are not implemented. The algorithm should still behave
|
||||
* robustly (ie. produce a reasonable tesselation) in the presence
|
||||
* of such edges, however it may miss features which could have been
|
||||
* merged. We could minimize this effect by choosing the sweep line
|
||||
* direction to be something unusual (ie. not parallel to one of the
|
||||
* coordinate axes).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_X 0.50941539564955385 /* Pre-normalized */
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_Y 0.86052074622010633
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_X 1.0
|
||||
#define S_UNIT_Y 0.0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the polygon normal and project vertices onto the plane
|
||||
* of the polygon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_projectPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUvertex *v, *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
|
||||
GLdouble norm[3];
|
||||
GLdouble *sUnit, *tUnit;
|
||||
int i, computedNormal = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
norm[0] = tess->normal[0];
|
||||
norm[1] = tess->normal[1];
|
||||
norm[2] = tess->normal[2];
|
||||
if( norm[0] == 0 && norm[1] == 0 && norm[2] == 0 ) {
|
||||
ComputeNormal( tess, norm );
|
||||
computedNormal = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sUnit = tess->sUnit;
|
||||
tUnit = tess->tUnit;
|
||||
i = LongAxis( norm );
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM) || defined(TRUE_PROJECT)
|
||||
/* Choose the initial sUnit vector to be approximately perpendicular
|
||||
* to the normal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
Normalize( norm );
|
||||
|
||||
sUnit[i] = 0;
|
||||
sUnit[(i+1)%3] = S_UNIT_X;
|
||||
sUnit[(i+2)%3] = S_UNIT_Y;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now make it exactly perpendicular */
|
||||
w = Dot( sUnit, norm );
|
||||
sUnit[0] -= w * norm[0];
|
||||
sUnit[1] -= w * norm[1];
|
||||
sUnit[2] -= w * norm[2];
|
||||
Normalize( sUnit );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Choose tUnit so that (sUnit,tUnit,norm) form a right-handed frame */
|
||||
tUnit[0] = norm[1]*sUnit[2] - norm[2]*sUnit[1];
|
||||
tUnit[1] = norm[2]*sUnit[0] - norm[0]*sUnit[2];
|
||||
tUnit[2] = norm[0]*sUnit[1] - norm[1]*sUnit[0];
|
||||
Normalize( tUnit );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Project perpendicular to a coordinate axis -- better numerically */
|
||||
sUnit[i] = 0;
|
||||
sUnit[(i+1)%3] = S_UNIT_X;
|
||||
sUnit[(i+2)%3] = S_UNIT_Y;
|
||||
|
||||
tUnit[i] = 0;
|
||||
tUnit[(i+1)%3] = (norm[i] > 0) ? -S_UNIT_Y : S_UNIT_Y;
|
||||
tUnit[(i+2)%3] = (norm[i] > 0) ? S_UNIT_X : -S_UNIT_X;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Project the vertices onto the sweep plane */
|
||||
for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
|
||||
v->s = Dot( v->coords, sUnit );
|
||||
v->t = Dot( v->coords, tUnit );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( computedNormal ) {
|
||||
CheckOrientation( tess );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __normal_h_
|
||||
#define __normal_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tess.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_projectPolygon( tess ) determines the polygon normal
|
||||
* and project vertices onto the plane of the polygon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_projectPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include "priorityq-heap.h"
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define INIT_SIZE 32
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
|
||||
#define LEQ(x,y) (*pq->leq)(x,y)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Violates modularity, but a little faster */
|
||||
#include "geom.h"
|
||||
#define LEQ(x,y) VertLeq((GLUvertex *)x, (GLUvertex *)y)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapNewPriorityQ */
|
||||
PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PriorityQ *pq = (PriorityQ *)memAlloc( sizeof( PriorityQ ));
|
||||
if (pq == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
pq->size = 0;
|
||||
pq->max = INIT_SIZE;
|
||||
pq->nodes = (PQnode *)memAlloc( (INIT_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(pq->nodes[0]) );
|
||||
if (pq->nodes == NULL) {
|
||||
memFree(pq);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pq->handles = (PQhandleElem *)memAlloc( (INIT_SIZE + 1) * sizeof(pq->handles[0]) );
|
||||
if (pq->handles == NULL) {
|
||||
memFree(pq->nodes);
|
||||
memFree(pq);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pq->initialized = FALSE;
|
||||
pq->freeList = 0;
|
||||
pq->leq = leq;
|
||||
|
||||
pq->nodes[1].handle = 1; /* so that Minimum() returns NULL */
|
||||
pq->handles[1].key = NULL;
|
||||
return pq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapDeletePriorityQ */
|
||||
void pqDeletePriorityQ( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
memFree( pq->handles );
|
||||
memFree( pq->nodes );
|
||||
memFree( pq );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void FloatDown( PriorityQ *pq, long curr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
|
||||
PQhandle hCurr, hChild;
|
||||
long child;
|
||||
|
||||
hCurr = n[curr].handle;
|
||||
for( ;; ) {
|
||||
child = curr << 1;
|
||||
if( child < pq->size && LEQ( h[n[child+1].handle].key,
|
||||
h[n[child].handle].key )) {
|
||||
++child;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert(child <= pq->max);
|
||||
|
||||
hChild = n[child].handle;
|
||||
if( child > pq->size || LEQ( h[hCurr].key, h[hChild].key )) {
|
||||
n[curr].handle = hCurr;
|
||||
h[hCurr].node = curr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
n[curr].handle = hChild;
|
||||
h[hChild].node = curr;
|
||||
curr = child;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void FloatUp( PriorityQ *pq, long curr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
|
||||
PQhandle hCurr, hParent;
|
||||
long parent;
|
||||
|
||||
hCurr = n[curr].handle;
|
||||
for( ;; ) {
|
||||
parent = curr >> 1;
|
||||
hParent = n[parent].handle;
|
||||
if( parent == 0 || LEQ( h[hParent].key, h[hCurr].key )) {
|
||||
n[curr].handle = hCurr;
|
||||
h[hCurr].node = curr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
n[curr].handle = hParent;
|
||||
h[hParent].node = curr;
|
||||
curr = parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapInit */
|
||||
void pqInit( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
long i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This method of building a heap is O(n), rather than O(n lg n). */
|
||||
|
||||
for( i = pq->size; i >= 1; --i ) {
|
||||
FloatDown( pq, i );
|
||||
}
|
||||
pq->initialized = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapInsert */
|
||||
/* returns LONG_MAX iff out of memory */
|
||||
PQhandle pqInsert( PriorityQ *pq, PQkey keyNew )
|
||||
{
|
||||
long curr;
|
||||
PQhandle free_handle;
|
||||
|
||||
curr = ++ pq->size;
|
||||
if( (curr*2) > pq->max ) {
|
||||
PQnode *saveNodes= pq->nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *saveHandles= pq->handles;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the heap overflows, double its size. */
|
||||
pq->max <<= 1;
|
||||
pq->nodes = (PQnode *)memRealloc( pq->nodes,
|
||||
(size_t)
|
||||
((pq->max + 1) * sizeof( pq->nodes[0] )));
|
||||
if (pq->nodes == NULL) {
|
||||
pq->nodes = saveNodes; /* restore ptr to free upon return */
|
||||
return LONG_MAX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pq->handles = (PQhandleElem *)memRealloc( pq->handles,
|
||||
(size_t)
|
||||
((pq->max + 1) *
|
||||
sizeof( pq->handles[0] )));
|
||||
if (pq->handles == NULL) {
|
||||
pq->handles = saveHandles; /* restore ptr to free upon return */
|
||||
return LONG_MAX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->freeList == 0 ) {
|
||||
free_handle = curr;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
free_handle = pq->freeList;
|
||||
pq->freeList = pq->handles[free_handle].node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pq->nodes[curr].handle = free_handle;
|
||||
pq->handles[free_handle].node = curr;
|
||||
pq->handles[free_handle].key = keyNew;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->initialized ) {
|
||||
FloatUp( pq, curr );
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert(free_handle != LONG_MAX);
|
||||
return free_handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapExtractMin */
|
||||
PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
|
||||
PQhandle hMin = n[1].handle;
|
||||
PQkey min = h[hMin].key;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->size > 0 ) {
|
||||
n[1].handle = n[pq->size].handle;
|
||||
h[n[1].handle].node = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
h[hMin].key = NULL;
|
||||
h[hMin].node = pq->freeList;
|
||||
pq->freeList = hMin;
|
||||
|
||||
if( -- pq->size > 0 ) {
|
||||
FloatDown( pq, 1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return min;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqHeapDelete */
|
||||
void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle hCurr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
|
||||
long curr;
|
||||
|
||||
assert( hCurr >= 1 && hCurr <= pq->max && h[hCurr].key != NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
curr = h[hCurr].node;
|
||||
n[curr].handle = n[pq->size].handle;
|
||||
h[n[curr].handle].node = curr;
|
||||
|
||||
if( curr <= -- pq->size ) {
|
||||
if( curr <= 1 || LEQ( h[n[curr>>1].handle].key, h[n[curr].handle].key )) {
|
||||
FloatDown( pq, curr );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
FloatUp( pq, curr );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
h[hCurr].key = NULL;
|
||||
h[hCurr].node = pq->freeList;
|
||||
pq->freeList = hCurr;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __priorityq_heap_h_
|
||||
#define __priorityq_heap_h_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use #define's so that another heap implementation can use this one */
|
||||
|
||||
#define PQkey PQHeapKey
|
||||
#define PQhandle PQHeapHandle
|
||||
#define PriorityQ PriorityQHeap
|
||||
|
||||
#define pqNewPriorityQ(leq) __gl_pqHeapNewPriorityQ(leq)
|
||||
#define pqDeletePriorityQ(pq) __gl_pqHeapDeletePriorityQ(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
/* The basic operations are insertion of a new key (pqInsert),
|
||||
* and examination/extraction of a key whose value is minimum
|
||||
* (pqMinimum/pqExtractMin). Deletion is also allowed (pqDelete);
|
||||
* for this purpose pqInsert returns a "handle" which is supplied
|
||||
* as the argument.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An initial heap may be created efficiently by calling pqInsert
|
||||
* repeatedly, then calling pqInit. In any case pqInit must be called
|
||||
* before any operations other than pqInsert are used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the heap is empty, pqMinimum/pqExtractMin will return a NULL key.
|
||||
* This may also be tested with pqIsEmpty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pqInit(pq) __gl_pqHeapInit(pq)
|
||||
#define pqInsert(pq,key) __gl_pqHeapInsert(pq,key)
|
||||
#define pqMinimum(pq) __gl_pqHeapMinimum(pq)
|
||||
#define pqExtractMin(pq) __gl_pqHeapExtractMin(pq)
|
||||
#define pqDelete(pq,handle) __gl_pqHeapDelete(pq,handle)
|
||||
#define pqIsEmpty(pq) __gl_pqHeapIsEmpty(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Since we support deletion the data structure is a little more
|
||||
* complicated than an ordinary heap. "nodes" is the heap itself;
|
||||
* active nodes are stored in the range 1..pq->size. When the
|
||||
* heap exceeds its allocated size (pq->max), its size doubles.
|
||||
* The children of node i are nodes 2i and 2i+1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each node stores an index into an array "handles". Each handle
|
||||
* stores a key, plus a pointer back to the node which currently
|
||||
* represents that key (ie. nodes[handles[i].node].handle == i).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void *PQkey;
|
||||
typedef long PQhandle;
|
||||
typedef struct PriorityQ PriorityQ;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct { PQhandle handle; } PQnode;
|
||||
typedef struct { PQkey key; PQhandle node; } PQhandleElem;
|
||||
|
||||
struct PriorityQ {
|
||||
PQnode *nodes;
|
||||
PQhandleElem *handles;
|
||||
long size, max;
|
||||
PQhandle freeList;
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) );
|
||||
void pqDeletePriorityQ( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
|
||||
void pqInit( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
PQhandle pqInsert( PriorityQ *pq, PQkey key );
|
||||
PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle handle );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define __gl_pqHeapMinimum(pq) ((pq)->handles[(pq)->nodes[1].handle].key)
|
||||
#define __gl_pqHeapIsEmpty(pq) ((pq)->size == 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __priorityq_sort_h_
|
||||
#define __priorityq_sort_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "priorityq-heap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PQkey
|
||||
#undef PQhandle
|
||||
#undef PriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqNewPriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqDeletePriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqInit
|
||||
#undef pqInsert
|
||||
#undef pqMinimum
|
||||
#undef pqExtractMin
|
||||
#undef pqDelete
|
||||
#undef pqIsEmpty
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use #define's so that another heap implementation can use this one */
|
||||
|
||||
#define PQkey PQSortKey
|
||||
#define PQhandle PQSortHandle
|
||||
#define PriorityQ PriorityQSort
|
||||
|
||||
#define pqNewPriorityQ(leq) __gl_pqSortNewPriorityQ(leq)
|
||||
#define pqDeletePriorityQ(pq) __gl_pqSortDeletePriorityQ(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
/* The basic operations are insertion of a new key (pqInsert),
|
||||
* and examination/extraction of a key whose value is minimum
|
||||
* (pqMinimum/pqExtractMin). Deletion is also allowed (pqDelete);
|
||||
* for this purpose pqInsert returns a "handle" which is supplied
|
||||
* as the argument.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An initial heap may be created efficiently by calling pqInsert
|
||||
* repeatedly, then calling pqInit. In any case pqInit must be called
|
||||
* before any operations other than pqInsert are used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the heap is empty, pqMinimum/pqExtractMin will return a NULL key.
|
||||
* This may also be tested with pqIsEmpty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pqInit(pq) __gl_pqSortInit(pq)
|
||||
#define pqInsert(pq,key) __gl_pqSortInsert(pq,key)
|
||||
#define pqMinimum(pq) __gl_pqSortMinimum(pq)
|
||||
#define pqExtractMin(pq) __gl_pqSortExtractMin(pq)
|
||||
#define pqDelete(pq,handle) __gl_pqSortDelete(pq,handle)
|
||||
#define pqIsEmpty(pq) __gl_pqSortIsEmpty(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Since we support deletion the data structure is a little more
|
||||
* complicated than an ordinary heap. "nodes" is the heap itself;
|
||||
* active nodes are stored in the range 1..pq->size. When the
|
||||
* heap exceeds its allocated size (pq->max), its size doubles.
|
||||
* The children of node i are nodes 2i and 2i+1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each node stores an index into an array "handles". Each handle
|
||||
* stores a key, plus a pointer back to the node which currently
|
||||
* represents that key (ie. nodes[handles[i].node].handle == i).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef PQHeapKey PQkey;
|
||||
typedef PQHeapHandle PQhandle;
|
||||
typedef struct PriorityQ PriorityQ;
|
||||
|
||||
struct PriorityQ {
|
||||
PriorityQHeap *heap;
|
||||
PQkey *keys;
|
||||
PQkey **order;
|
||||
PQhandle size, max;
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) );
|
||||
void pqDeletePriorityQ( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
|
||||
int pqInit( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
PQhandle pqInsert( PriorityQ *pq, PQkey key );
|
||||
PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle handle );
|
||||
|
||||
PQkey pqMinimum( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
int pqIsEmpty( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h> /* LONG_MAX */
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include all the code for the regular heap-based queue here. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "priorityq-heap.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now redefine all the function names to map to their "Sort" versions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "priorityq-sort.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortNewPriorityQ */
|
||||
PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PriorityQ *pq = (PriorityQ *)memAlloc( sizeof( PriorityQ ));
|
||||
if (pq == NULL) return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
pq->heap = __gl_pqHeapNewPriorityQ( leq );
|
||||
if (pq->heap == NULL) {
|
||||
memFree(pq);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pq->keys = (PQHeapKey *)memAlloc( INIT_SIZE * sizeof(pq->keys[0]) );
|
||||
if (pq->keys == NULL) {
|
||||
__gl_pqHeapDeletePriorityQ(pq->heap);
|
||||
memFree(pq);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pq->size = 0;
|
||||
pq->max = INIT_SIZE;
|
||||
pq->initialized = FALSE;
|
||||
pq->leq = leq;
|
||||
return pq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortDeletePriorityQ */
|
||||
void pqDeletePriorityQ( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert(pq != NULL);
|
||||
if (pq->heap != NULL) __gl_pqHeapDeletePriorityQ( pq->heap );
|
||||
if (pq->order != NULL) memFree( pq->order );
|
||||
if (pq->keys != NULL) memFree( pq->keys );
|
||||
memFree( pq );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define LT(x,y) (! LEQ(y,x))
|
||||
#define GT(x,y) (! LEQ(x,y))
|
||||
#define Swap(a,b) do{PQkey *tmp = *a; *a = *b; *b = tmp;}while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortInit */
|
||||
int pqInit( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQkey **p, **r, **i, **j, *piv;
|
||||
struct { PQkey **p, **r; } Stack[50], *top = Stack;
|
||||
unsigned long seed = 2016473283;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create an array of indirect pointers to the keys, so that we
|
||||
* the handles we have returned are still valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
pq->order = (PQHeapKey **)memAlloc( (size_t)
|
||||
(pq->size * sizeof(pq->order[0])) );
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pq->order = (PQHeapKey **)memAlloc( (size_t)
|
||||
((pq->size+1) * sizeof(pq->order[0])) );
|
||||
/* the previous line is a patch to compensate for the fact that IBM */
|
||||
/* machines return a null on a malloc of zero bytes (unlike SGI), */
|
||||
/* so we have to put in this defense to guard against a memory */
|
||||
/* fault four lines down. from fossum@austin.ibm.com. */
|
||||
if (pq->order == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
p = pq->order;
|
||||
r = p + pq->size - 1;
|
||||
for( piv = pq->keys, i = p; i <= r; ++piv, ++i ) {
|
||||
*i = piv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sort the indirect pointers in descending order,
|
||||
* using randomized Quicksort
|
||||
*/
|
||||
top->p = p; top->r = r; ++top;
|
||||
while( --top >= Stack ) {
|
||||
p = top->p;
|
||||
r = top->r;
|
||||
while( r > p + 10 ) {
|
||||
seed = seed * 1539415821 + 1;
|
||||
i = p + seed % (r - p + 1);
|
||||
piv = *i;
|
||||
*i = *p;
|
||||
*p = piv;
|
||||
i = p - 1;
|
||||
j = r + 1;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
do { ++i; } while( GT( **i, *piv ));
|
||||
do { --j; } while( LT( **j, *piv ));
|
||||
Swap( i, j );
|
||||
} while( i < j );
|
||||
Swap( i, j ); /* Undo last swap */
|
||||
if( i - p < r - j ) {
|
||||
top->p = j+1; top->r = r; ++top;
|
||||
r = i-1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
top->p = p; top->r = i-1; ++top;
|
||||
p = j+1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Insertion sort small lists */
|
||||
for( i = p+1; i <= r; ++i ) {
|
||||
piv = *i;
|
||||
for( j = i; j > p && LT( **(j-1), *piv ); --j ) {
|
||||
*j = *(j-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*j = piv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pq->max = pq->size;
|
||||
pq->initialized = TRUE;
|
||||
__gl_pqHeapInit( pq->heap ); /* always succeeds */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
||||
p = pq->order;
|
||||
r = p + pq->size - 1;
|
||||
for( i = p; i < r; ++i ) {
|
||||
assert( LEQ( **(i+1), **i ));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortInsert */
|
||||
/* returns LONG_MAX iff out of memory */
|
||||
PQhandle pqInsert( PriorityQ *pq, PQkey keyNew )
|
||||
{
|
||||
long curr;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->initialized ) {
|
||||
return __gl_pqHeapInsert( pq->heap, keyNew );
|
||||
}
|
||||
curr = pq->size;
|
||||
if( ++ pq->size >= pq->max ) {
|
||||
PQkey *saveKey= pq->keys;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the heap overflows, double its size. */
|
||||
pq->max <<= 1;
|
||||
pq->keys = (PQHeapKey *)memRealloc( pq->keys,
|
||||
(size_t)
|
||||
(pq->max * sizeof( pq->keys[0] )));
|
||||
if (pq->keys == NULL) {
|
||||
pq->keys = saveKey; /* restore ptr to free upon return */
|
||||
return LONG_MAX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert(curr != LONG_MAX);
|
||||
pq->keys[curr] = keyNew;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Negative handles index the sorted array. */
|
||||
return -(curr+1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortExtractMin */
|
||||
PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQkey sortMin, heapMin;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->size == 0 ) {
|
||||
return __gl_pqHeapExtractMin( pq->heap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
sortMin = *(pq->order[pq->size-1]);
|
||||
if( ! __gl_pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap )) {
|
||||
heapMin = __gl_pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
|
||||
if( LEQ( heapMin, sortMin )) {
|
||||
return __gl_pqHeapExtractMin( pq->heap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
do {
|
||||
-- pq->size;
|
||||
} while( pq->size > 0 && *(pq->order[pq->size-1]) == NULL );
|
||||
return sortMin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortMinimum */
|
||||
PQkey pqMinimum( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PQkey sortMin, heapMin;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pq->size == 0 ) {
|
||||
return __gl_pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
sortMin = *(pq->order[pq->size-1]);
|
||||
if( ! __gl_pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap )) {
|
||||
heapMin = __gl_pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
|
||||
if( LEQ( heapMin, sortMin )) {
|
||||
return heapMin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return sortMin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortIsEmpty */
|
||||
int pqIsEmpty( PriorityQ *pq )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (pq->size == 0) && __gl_pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* really __gl_pqSortDelete */
|
||||
void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle curr )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( curr >= 0 ) {
|
||||
__gl_pqHeapDelete( pq->heap, curr );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
curr = -(curr+1);
|
||||
assert( curr < pq->max && pq->keys[curr] != NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
pq->keys[curr] = NULL;
|
||||
while( pq->size > 0 && *(pq->order[pq->size-1]) == NULL ) {
|
||||
-- pq->size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __priorityq_sort_h_
|
||||
#define __priorityq_sort_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "priorityq-heap.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PQkey
|
||||
#undef PQhandle
|
||||
#undef PriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqNewPriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqDeletePriorityQ
|
||||
#undef pqInit
|
||||
#undef pqInsert
|
||||
#undef pqMinimum
|
||||
#undef pqExtractMin
|
||||
#undef pqDelete
|
||||
#undef pqIsEmpty
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use #define's so that another heap implementation can use this one */
|
||||
|
||||
#define PQkey PQSortKey
|
||||
#define PQhandle PQSortHandle
|
||||
#define PriorityQ PriorityQSort
|
||||
|
||||
#define pqNewPriorityQ(leq) __gl_pqSortNewPriorityQ(leq)
|
||||
#define pqDeletePriorityQ(pq) __gl_pqSortDeletePriorityQ(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
/* The basic operations are insertion of a new key (pqInsert),
|
||||
* and examination/extraction of a key whose value is minimum
|
||||
* (pqMinimum/pqExtractMin). Deletion is also allowed (pqDelete);
|
||||
* for this purpose pqInsert returns a "handle" which is supplied
|
||||
* as the argument.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* An initial heap may be created efficiently by calling pqInsert
|
||||
* repeatedly, then calling pqInit. In any case pqInit must be called
|
||||
* before any operations other than pqInsert are used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the heap is empty, pqMinimum/pqExtractMin will return a NULL key.
|
||||
* This may also be tested with pqIsEmpty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define pqInit(pq) __gl_pqSortInit(pq)
|
||||
#define pqInsert(pq,key) __gl_pqSortInsert(pq,key)
|
||||
#define pqMinimum(pq) __gl_pqSortMinimum(pq)
|
||||
#define pqExtractMin(pq) __gl_pqSortExtractMin(pq)
|
||||
#define pqDelete(pq,handle) __gl_pqSortDelete(pq,handle)
|
||||
#define pqIsEmpty(pq) __gl_pqSortIsEmpty(pq)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Since we support deletion the data structure is a little more
|
||||
* complicated than an ordinary heap. "nodes" is the heap itself;
|
||||
* active nodes are stored in the range 1..pq->size. When the
|
||||
* heap exceeds its allocated size (pq->max), its size doubles.
|
||||
* The children of node i are nodes 2i and 2i+1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each node stores an index into an array "handles". Each handle
|
||||
* stores a key, plus a pointer back to the node which currently
|
||||
* represents that key (ie. nodes[handles[i].node].handle == i).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef PQHeapKey PQkey;
|
||||
typedef PQHeapHandle PQhandle;
|
||||
typedef struct PriorityQ PriorityQ;
|
||||
|
||||
struct PriorityQ {
|
||||
PriorityQHeap *heap;
|
||||
PQkey *keys;
|
||||
PQkey **order;
|
||||
PQhandle size, max;
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) );
|
||||
void pqDeletePriorityQ( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
|
||||
int pqInit( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
PQhandle pqInsert( PriorityQ *pq, PQkey key );
|
||||
PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle handle );
|
||||
|
||||
PQkey pqMinimum( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
int pqIsEmpty( PriorityQ *pq );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "tess.h"
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This structure remembers the information we need about a primitive
|
||||
* to be able to render it later, once we have determined which
|
||||
* primitive is able to use the most triangles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct FaceCount {
|
||||
long size; /* number of triangles used */
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eStart; /* edge where this primitive starts */
|
||||
void (*render)(GLUtesselator *, GLUhalfEdge *, long);
|
||||
/* routine to render this primitive */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static struct FaceCount MaximumFan( GLUhalfEdge *eOrig );
|
||||
static struct FaceCount MaximumStrip( GLUhalfEdge *eOrig );
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderFan( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *eStart, long size );
|
||||
static void RenderStrip( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *eStart, long size );
|
||||
static void RenderTriangle( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *eStart,
|
||||
long size );
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderMaximumFaceGroup( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUface *fOrig );
|
||||
static void RenderLonelyTriangles( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUface *head );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ Strips and Fans decomposition ******************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_renderMesh( tess, mesh ) takes a mesh and breaks it into triangle
|
||||
* fans, strips, and separate triangles. A substantial effort is made
|
||||
* to use as few rendering primitives as possible (ie. to make the fans
|
||||
* and strips as large as possible).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The rendering output is provided as callbacks (see the api).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_renderMesh( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make a list of separate triangles so we can render them all at once */
|
||||
tess->lonelyTriList = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next ) {
|
||||
f->marked = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next ) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* We examine all faces in an arbitrary order. Whenever we find
|
||||
* an unprocessed face F, we output a group of faces including F
|
||||
* whose size is maximum.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( f->inside && ! f->marked ) {
|
||||
RenderMaximumFaceGroup( tess, f );
|
||||
assert( f->marked );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( tess->lonelyTriList != NULL ) {
|
||||
RenderLonelyTriangles( tess, tess->lonelyTriList );
|
||||
tess->lonelyTriList = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderMaximumFaceGroup( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUface *fOrig )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We want to find the largest triangle fan or strip of unmarked faces
|
||||
* which includes the given face fOrig. There are 3 possible fans
|
||||
* passing through fOrig (one centered at each vertex), and 3 possible
|
||||
* strips (one for each CCW permutation of the vertices). Our strategy
|
||||
* is to try all of these, and take the primitive which uses the most
|
||||
* triangles (a greedy approach).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e = fOrig->anEdge;
|
||||
struct FaceCount max, newFace;
|
||||
|
||||
max.size = 1;
|
||||
max.eStart = e;
|
||||
max.render = &RenderTriangle;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ! tess->flagBoundary ) {
|
||||
newFace = MaximumFan( e ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
newFace = MaximumFan( e->Lnext ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
newFace = MaximumFan( e->Lprev ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
|
||||
newFace = MaximumStrip( e ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
newFace = MaximumStrip( e->Lnext ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
newFace = MaximumStrip( e->Lprev ); if( newFace.size > max.size ) { max = newFace; }
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*(max.render))( tess, max.eStart, max.size );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros which keep track of faces we have marked temporarily, and allow
|
||||
* us to backtrack when necessary. With triangle fans, this is not
|
||||
* really necessary, since the only awkward case is a loop of triangles
|
||||
* around a single origin vertex. However with strips the situation is
|
||||
* more complicated, and we need a general tracking method like the
|
||||
* one here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Marked(f) (! (f)->inside || (f)->marked)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AddToTrail(f,t) ((f)->trail = (t), (t) = (f), (f)->marked = TRUE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FreeTrail(t) do { \
|
||||
while( (t) != NULL ) { \
|
||||
(t)->marked = FALSE; t = (t)->trail; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while(0) /* absorb trailing semicolon */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static struct FaceCount MaximumFan( GLUhalfEdge *eOrig )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* eOrig->Lface is the face we want to render. We want to find the size
|
||||
* of a maximal fan around eOrig->Org. To do this we just walk around
|
||||
* the origin vertex as far as possible in both directions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct FaceCount newFace = { 0, NULL, &RenderFan };
|
||||
GLUface *trail = NULL;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
|
||||
for( e = eOrig; ! Marked( e->Lface ); e = e->Onext ) {
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Lface, trail );
|
||||
++newFace.size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for( e = eOrig; ! Marked( e->Rface ); e = e->Oprev ) {
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Rface, trail );
|
||||
++newFace.size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newFace.eStart = e;
|
||||
/*LINTED*/
|
||||
FreeTrail( trail );
|
||||
return newFace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IsEven(n) (((n) & 1) == 0)
|
||||
|
||||
static struct FaceCount MaximumStrip( GLUhalfEdge *eOrig )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Here we are looking for a maximal strip that contains the vertices
|
||||
* eOrig->Org, eOrig->Dst, eOrig->Lnext->Dst (in that order or the
|
||||
* reverse, such that all triangles are oriented CCW).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Again we walk forward and backward as far as possible. However for
|
||||
* strips there is a twist: to get CCW orientations, there must be
|
||||
* an *even* number of triangles in the strip on one side of eOrig.
|
||||
* We walk the strip starting on a side with an even number of triangles;
|
||||
* if both side have an odd number, we are forced to shorten one side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct FaceCount newFace = { 0, NULL, &RenderStrip };
|
||||
long headSize = 0, tailSize = 0;
|
||||
GLUface *trail = NULL;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eTail, *eHead;
|
||||
|
||||
for( e = eOrig; ! Marked( e->Lface ); ++tailSize, e = e->Onext ) {
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Lface, trail );
|
||||
++tailSize;
|
||||
e = e->Dprev;
|
||||
if( Marked( e->Lface )) break;
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Lface, trail );
|
||||
}
|
||||
eTail = e;
|
||||
|
||||
for( e = eOrig; ! Marked( e->Rface ); ++headSize, e = e->Dnext ) {
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Rface, trail );
|
||||
++headSize;
|
||||
e = e->Oprev;
|
||||
if( Marked( e->Rface )) break;
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Rface, trail );
|
||||
}
|
||||
eHead = e;
|
||||
|
||||
newFace.size = tailSize + headSize;
|
||||
if( IsEven( tailSize )) {
|
||||
newFace.eStart = eTail->Sym;
|
||||
} else if( IsEven( headSize )) {
|
||||
newFace.eStart = eHead;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Both sides have odd length, we must shorten one of them. In fact,
|
||||
* we must start from eHead to guarantee inclusion of eOrig->Lface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
--newFace.size;
|
||||
newFace.eStart = eHead->Onext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*LINTED*/
|
||||
FreeTrail( trail );
|
||||
return newFace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderTriangle( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *e, long size )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Just add the triangle to a triangle list, so we can render all
|
||||
* the separate triangles at once.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
assert( size == 1 );
|
||||
AddToTrail( e->Lface, tess->lonelyTriList );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderLonelyTriangles( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUface *f )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Now we render all the separate triangles which could not be
|
||||
* grouped into a triangle fan or strip.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
int newState;
|
||||
int edgeState = -1; /* force edge state output for first vertex */
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA( GL_TRIANGLES );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ; f != NULL; f = f->trail ) {
|
||||
/* Loop once for each edge (there will always be 3 edges) */
|
||||
|
||||
e = f->anEdge;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if( tess->flagBoundary ) {
|
||||
/* Set the "edge state" to TRUE just before we output the
|
||||
* first vertex of each edge on the polygon boundary.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
newState = ! e->Rface->inside;
|
||||
if( edgeState != newState ) {
|
||||
edgeState = newState;
|
||||
CALL_EDGE_FLAG_OR_EDGE_FLAG_DATA( edgeState );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Org->data );
|
||||
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != f->anEdge );
|
||||
}
|
||||
CALL_END_OR_END_DATA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderFan( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *e, long size )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Render as many CCW triangles as possible in a fan starting from
|
||||
* edge "e". The fan *should* contain exactly "size" triangles
|
||||
* (otherwise we've goofed up somewhere).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA( GL_TRIANGLE_FAN );
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Org->data );
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Dst->data );
|
||||
|
||||
while( ! Marked( e->Lface )) {
|
||||
e->Lface->marked = TRUE;
|
||||
--size;
|
||||
e = e->Onext;
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Dst->data );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert( size == 0 );
|
||||
CALL_END_OR_END_DATA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void RenderStrip( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUhalfEdge *e, long size )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Render as many CCW triangles as possible in a strip starting from
|
||||
* edge "e". The strip *should* contain exactly "size" triangles
|
||||
* (otherwise we've goofed up somewhere).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA( GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP );
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Org->data );
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Dst->data );
|
||||
|
||||
while( ! Marked( e->Lface )) {
|
||||
e->Lface->marked = TRUE;
|
||||
--size;
|
||||
e = e->Dprev;
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Org->data );
|
||||
if( Marked( e->Lface )) break;
|
||||
|
||||
e->Lface->marked = TRUE;
|
||||
--size;
|
||||
e = e->Onext;
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Dst->data );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert( size == 0 );
|
||||
CALL_END_OR_END_DATA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ Boundary contour decomposition ******************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_renderBoundary( tess, mesh ) takes a mesh, and outputs one
|
||||
* contour for each face marked "inside". The rendering output is
|
||||
* provided as callbacks (see the api).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_renderBoundary( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f;
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next ) {
|
||||
if( f->inside ) {
|
||||
CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA( GL_LINE_LOOP );
|
||||
e = f->anEdge;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( e->Org->data );
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
} while( e != f->anEdge );
|
||||
CALL_END_OR_END_DATA();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ Quick-and-dirty decomposition ******************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIGN_INCONSISTENT 2
|
||||
|
||||
static int ComputeNormal( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble norm[3], int check )
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If check==FALSE, we compute the polygon normal and place it in norm[].
|
||||
* If check==TRUE, we check that each triangle in the fan from v0 has a
|
||||
* consistent orientation with respect to norm[]. If triangles are
|
||||
* consistently oriented CCW, return 1; if CW, return -1; if all triangles
|
||||
* are degenerate return 0; otherwise (no consistent orientation) return
|
||||
* SIGN_INCONSISTENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
{
|
||||
CachedVertex *v0 = tess->cache;
|
||||
CachedVertex *vn = v0 + tess->cacheCount;
|
||||
CachedVertex *vc;
|
||||
GLdouble dot, xc, yc, zc, xp, yp, zp, n[3];
|
||||
int sign = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find the polygon normal. It is important to get a reasonable
|
||||
* normal even when the polygon is self-intersecting (eg. a bowtie).
|
||||
* Otherwise, the computed normal could be very tiny, but perpendicular
|
||||
* to the true plane of the polygon due to numerical noise. Then all
|
||||
* the triangles would appear to be degenerate and we would incorrectly
|
||||
* decompose the polygon as a fan (or simply not render it at all).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We use a sum-of-triangles normal algorithm rather than the more
|
||||
* efficient sum-of-trapezoids method (used in CheckOrientation()
|
||||
* in normal.c). This lets us explicitly reverse the signed area
|
||||
* of some triangles to get a reasonable normal in the self-intersecting
|
||||
* case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( ! check ) {
|
||||
norm[0] = norm[1] = norm[2] = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vc = v0 + 1;
|
||||
xc = vc->coords[0] - v0->coords[0];
|
||||
yc = vc->coords[1] - v0->coords[1];
|
||||
zc = vc->coords[2] - v0->coords[2];
|
||||
while( ++vc < vn ) {
|
||||
xp = xc; yp = yc; zp = zc;
|
||||
xc = vc->coords[0] - v0->coords[0];
|
||||
yc = vc->coords[1] - v0->coords[1];
|
||||
zc = vc->coords[2] - v0->coords[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute (vp - v0) cross (vc - v0) */
|
||||
n[0] = yp*zc - zp*yc;
|
||||
n[1] = zp*xc - xp*zc;
|
||||
n[2] = xp*yc - yp*xc;
|
||||
|
||||
dot = n[0]*norm[0] + n[1]*norm[1] + n[2]*norm[2];
|
||||
if( ! check ) {
|
||||
/* Reverse the contribution of back-facing triangles to get
|
||||
* a reasonable normal for self-intersecting polygons (see above)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( dot >= 0 ) {
|
||||
norm[0] += n[0]; norm[1] += n[1]; norm[2] += n[2];
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
norm[0] -= n[0]; norm[1] -= n[1]; norm[2] -= n[2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if( dot != 0 ) {
|
||||
/* Check the new orientation for consistency with previous triangles */
|
||||
if( dot > 0 ) {
|
||||
if( sign < 0 ) return SIGN_INCONSISTENT;
|
||||
sign = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if( sign > 0 ) return SIGN_INCONSISTENT;
|
||||
sign = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return sign;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_renderCache( tess ) takes a single contour and tries to render it
|
||||
* as a triangle fan. This handles convex polygons, as well as some
|
||||
* non-convex polygons if we get lucky.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns TRUE if the polygon was successfully rendered. The rendering
|
||||
* output is provided as callbacks (see the api).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GLboolean __gl_renderCache( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
CachedVertex *v0 = tess->cache;
|
||||
CachedVertex *vn = v0 + tess->cacheCount;
|
||||
CachedVertex *vc;
|
||||
GLdouble norm[3];
|
||||
int sign;
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->cacheCount < 3 ) {
|
||||
/* Degenerate contour -- no output */
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
norm[0] = tess->normal[0];
|
||||
norm[1] = tess->normal[1];
|
||||
norm[2] = tess->normal[2];
|
||||
if( norm[0] == 0 && norm[1] == 0 && norm[2] == 0 ) {
|
||||
ComputeNormal( tess, norm, FALSE );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sign = ComputeNormal( tess, norm, TRUE );
|
||||
if( sign == SIGN_INCONSISTENT ) {
|
||||
/* Fan triangles did not have a consistent orientation */
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( sign == 0 ) {
|
||||
/* All triangles were degenerate */
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure we do the right thing for each winding rule */
|
||||
switch( tess->windingRule ) {
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD:
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_NONZERO:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE:
|
||||
if( sign < 0 ) return TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE:
|
||||
if( sign > 0 ) return TRUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO:
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA( tess->boundaryOnly ? GL_LINE_LOOP
|
||||
: (tess->cacheCount > 3) ? GL_TRIANGLE_FAN
|
||||
: GL_TRIANGLES );
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( v0->data );
|
||||
if( sign > 0 ) {
|
||||
for( vc = v0+1; vc < vn; ++vc ) {
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( vc->data );
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for( vc = vn-1; vc > v0; --vc ) {
|
||||
CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA( vc->data );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
CALL_END_OR_END_DATA();
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __render_h_
|
||||
#define __render_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_renderMesh( tess, mesh ) takes a mesh and breaks it into triangle
|
||||
* fans, strips, and separate triangles. A substantial effort is made
|
||||
* to use as few rendering primitives as possible (ie. to make the fans
|
||||
* and strips as large as possible).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The rendering output is provided as callbacks (see the api).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_renderMesh( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
void __gl_renderBoundary( GLUtesselator *tess, GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
|
||||
GLboolean __gl_renderCache( GLUtesselator *tess );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __sweep_h_
|
||||
#define __sweep_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_computeInterior( tess ) computes the planar arrangement specified
|
||||
* by the given contours, and further subdivides this arrangement
|
||||
* into regions. Each region is marked "inside" if it belongs
|
||||
* to the polygon, according to the rule given by tess->windingRule.
|
||||
* Each interior region is guaranteed be monotone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_computeInterior( GLUtesselator *tess );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following is here *only* for access by debugging routines */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* For each pair of adjacent edges crossing the sweep line, there is
|
||||
* an ActiveRegion to represent the region between them. The active
|
||||
* regions are kept in sorted order in a dynamic dictionary. As the
|
||||
* sweep line crosses each vertex, we update the affected regions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct ActiveRegion {
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *eUp; /* upper edge, directed right to left */
|
||||
DictNode *nodeUp; /* dictionary node corresponding to eUp */
|
||||
int windingNumber; /* used to determine which regions are
|
||||
* inside the polygon */
|
||||
GLboolean inside; /* is this region inside the polygon? */
|
||||
GLboolean sentinel; /* marks fake edges at t = +/-infinity */
|
||||
GLboolean dirty; /* marks regions where the upper or lower
|
||||
* edge has changed, but we haven't checked
|
||||
* whether they intersect yet */
|
||||
GLboolean fixUpperEdge; /* marks temporary edges introduced when
|
||||
* we process a "right vertex" (one without
|
||||
* any edges leaving to the right) */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define RegionBelow(r) ((ActiveRegion *) dictKey(dictPred((r)->nodeUp)))
|
||||
#define RegionAbove(r) ((ActiveRegion *) dictKey(dictSucc((r)->nodeUp)))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,632 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h>
|
||||
#include "memalloc.h"
|
||||
#include "tess.h"
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "normal.h"
|
||||
#include "sweep.h"
|
||||
#include "tessmono.h"
|
||||
#include "render.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_DEFAULT_TOLERANCE 0.0
|
||||
#define GLU_TESS_MESH 100112 /* void (*)(GLUmesh *mesh) */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FALSE
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noBegin( GLenum type ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noEdgeFlag( GLboolean boundaryEdge ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noVertex( void *data ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noEnd( void ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noError( GLenum errnum ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noCombine( GLdouble coords[3], void *data[4],
|
||||
GLfloat weight[4], void **dataOut ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ static void GLAPIENTRY noMesh( GLUmesh *mesh ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noBeginData( GLenum type,
|
||||
void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noEdgeFlagData( GLboolean boundaryEdge,
|
||||
void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noVertexData( void *data,
|
||||
void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noEndData( void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noErrorData( GLenum errnum,
|
||||
void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/ void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noCombineData( GLdouble coords[3],
|
||||
void *data[4],
|
||||
GLfloat weight[4],
|
||||
void **outData,
|
||||
void *polygonData ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Half-edges are allocated in pairs (see mesh.c) */
|
||||
typedef struct { GLUhalfEdge e, eSym; } EdgePair;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef MAX
|
||||
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
|
||||
#define MAX_FAST_ALLOC (MAX(sizeof(EdgePair), \
|
||||
MAX(sizeof(GLUvertex),sizeof(GLUface))))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GLUtesselator * GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluNewTess( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUtesselator *tess;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only initialize fields which can be changed by the api. Other fields
|
||||
* are initialized where they are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (memInit( MAX_FAST_ALLOC ) == 0) {
|
||||
return 0; /* out of memory */
|
||||
}
|
||||
tess = (GLUtesselator *)memAlloc( sizeof( GLUtesselator ));
|
||||
if (tess == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0; /* out of memory */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tess->state = T_DORMANT;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->normal[0] = 0;
|
||||
tess->normal[1] = 0;
|
||||
tess->normal[2] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->relTolerance = GLU_TESS_DEFAULT_TOLERANCE;
|
||||
tess->windingRule = GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD;
|
||||
tess->flagBoundary = FALSE;
|
||||
tess->boundaryOnly = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->callBegin = &noBegin;
|
||||
tess->callEdgeFlag = &noEdgeFlag;
|
||||
tess->callVertex = &noVertex;
|
||||
tess->callEnd = &noEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->callError = &noError;
|
||||
tess->callCombine = &noCombine;
|
||||
tess->callMesh = &noMesh;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->callBeginData= &__gl_noBeginData;
|
||||
tess->callEdgeFlagData= &__gl_noEdgeFlagData;
|
||||
tess->callVertexData= &__gl_noVertexData;
|
||||
tess->callEndData= &__gl_noEndData;
|
||||
tess->callErrorData= &__gl_noErrorData;
|
||||
tess->callCombineData= &__gl_noCombineData;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->polygonData= NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return tess;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void MakeDormant( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the tessellator to its original dormant state. */
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->mesh != NULL ) {
|
||||
__gl_meshDeleteMesh( tess->mesh );
|
||||
}
|
||||
tess->state = T_DORMANT;
|
||||
tess->lastEdge = NULL;
|
||||
tess->mesh = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define RequireState( tess, s ) if( tess->state != s ) GotoState(tess,s)
|
||||
|
||||
static void GotoState( GLUtesselator *tess, enum TessState newState )
|
||||
{
|
||||
while( tess->state != newState ) {
|
||||
/* We change the current state one level at a time, to get to
|
||||
* the desired state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( tess->state < newState ) {
|
||||
switch( tess->state ) {
|
||||
case T_DORMANT:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_POLYGON );
|
||||
gluTessBeginPolygon( tess, NULL );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case T_IN_POLYGON:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_TESS_MISSING_BEGIN_CONTOUR );
|
||||
gluTessBeginContour( tess );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
switch( tess->state ) {
|
||||
case T_IN_CONTOUR:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_CONTOUR );
|
||||
gluTessEndContour( tess );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case T_IN_POLYGON:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_TESS_MISSING_END_POLYGON );
|
||||
/* gluTessEndPolygon( tess ) is too much work! */
|
||||
MakeDormant( tess );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluDeleteTess( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_DORMANT );
|
||||
memFree( tess );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessProperty( GLUtesselator *tess, GLenum which, GLdouble value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLenum windingRule;
|
||||
|
||||
switch( which ) {
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_TOLERANCE:
|
||||
if( value < 0.0 || value > 1.0 ) break;
|
||||
tess->relTolerance = value;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_RULE:
|
||||
windingRule = (GLenum) value;
|
||||
if( windingRule != value ) break; /* not an integer */
|
||||
|
||||
switch( windingRule ) {
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD:
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_NONZERO:
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE:
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE:
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO:
|
||||
tess->windingRule = windingRule;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_BOUNDARY_ONLY:
|
||||
tess->boundaryOnly = (value != 0);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_INVALID_ENUM );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_INVALID_VALUE );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns tessellator property */
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluGetTessProperty( GLUtesselator *tess, GLenum which, GLdouble *value )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (which) {
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_TOLERANCE:
|
||||
/* tolerance should be in range [0..1] */
|
||||
assert(0.0 <= tess->relTolerance && tess->relTolerance <= 1.0);
|
||||
*value= tess->relTolerance;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_WINDING_RULE:
|
||||
assert(tess->windingRule == GLU_TESS_WINDING_ODD ||
|
||||
tess->windingRule == GLU_TESS_WINDING_NONZERO ||
|
||||
tess->windingRule == GLU_TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE ||
|
||||
tess->windingRule == GLU_TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE ||
|
||||
tess->windingRule == GLU_TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO);
|
||||
*value= tess->windingRule;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_BOUNDARY_ONLY:
|
||||
assert(tess->boundaryOnly == TRUE || tess->boundaryOnly == FALSE);
|
||||
*value= tess->boundaryOnly;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
*value= 0.0;
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_INVALID_ENUM );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} /* gluGetTessProperty() */
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessNormal( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z )
|
||||
{
|
||||
tess->normal[0] = x;
|
||||
tess->normal[1] = y;
|
||||
tess->normal[2] = z;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessCallback( GLUtesselator *tess, GLenum which, _GLUfuncptr fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch( which ) {
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_BEGIN:
|
||||
tess->callBegin = (fn == NULL) ? &noBegin : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLenum)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_BEGIN_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callBeginData = (fn == NULL) ?
|
||||
&__gl_noBeginData : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLenum, void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG:
|
||||
tess->callEdgeFlag = (fn == NULL) ? &noEdgeFlag :
|
||||
(void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLboolean)) fn;
|
||||
/* If the client wants boundary edges to be flagged,
|
||||
* we render everything as separate triangles (no strips or fans).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
tess->flagBoundary = (fn != NULL);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_EDGE_FLAG_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callEdgeFlagData= (fn == NULL) ?
|
||||
&__gl_noEdgeFlagData : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLboolean, void *)) fn;
|
||||
/* If the client wants boundary edges to be flagged,
|
||||
* we render everything as separate triangles (no strips or fans).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
tess->flagBoundary = (fn != NULL);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_VERTEX:
|
||||
tess->callVertex = (fn == NULL) ? &noVertex :
|
||||
(void (GLAPIENTRY *)(void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_VERTEX_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callVertexData = (fn == NULL) ?
|
||||
&__gl_noVertexData : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(void *, void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_END:
|
||||
tess->callEnd = (fn == NULL) ? &noEnd : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(void)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_END_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callEndData = (fn == NULL) ? &__gl_noEndData :
|
||||
(void (GLAPIENTRY *)(void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_ERROR:
|
||||
tess->callError = (fn == NULL) ? &noError : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLenum)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_ERROR_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callErrorData = (fn == NULL) ?
|
||||
&__gl_noErrorData : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLenum, void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_COMBINE:
|
||||
tess->callCombine = (fn == NULL) ? &noCombine :
|
||||
(void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLdouble [3],void *[4], GLfloat [4], void ** )) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_COMBINE_DATA:
|
||||
tess->callCombineData = (fn == NULL) ? &__gl_noCombineData :
|
||||
(void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLdouble [3],
|
||||
void *[4],
|
||||
GLfloat [4],
|
||||
void **,
|
||||
void *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case GLU_TESS_MESH:
|
||||
tess->callMesh = (fn == NULL) ? &noMesh : (void (GLAPIENTRY *)(GLUmesh *)) fn;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_INVALID_ENUM );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int AddVertex( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble coords[3], void *data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e;
|
||||
|
||||
e = tess->lastEdge;
|
||||
if( e == NULL ) {
|
||||
/* Make a self-loop (one vertex, one edge). */
|
||||
|
||||
e = __gl_meshMakeEdge( tess->mesh );
|
||||
if (e == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
if ( !__gl_meshSplice( e, e->Sym ) ) return 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Create a new vertex and edge which immediately follow e
|
||||
* in the ordering around the left face.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (__gl_meshSplitEdge( e ) == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
e = e->Lnext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The new vertex is now e->Org. */
|
||||
e->Org->data = data;
|
||||
e->Org->coords[0] = coords[0];
|
||||
e->Org->coords[1] = coords[1];
|
||||
e->Org->coords[2] = coords[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/* The winding of an edge says how the winding number changes as we
|
||||
* cross from the edge''s right face to its left face. We add the
|
||||
* vertices in such an order that a CCW contour will add +1 to
|
||||
* the winding number of the region inside the contour.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
e->winding = 1;
|
||||
e->Sym->winding = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->lastEdge = e;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void CacheVertex( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble coords[3], void *data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
CachedVertex *v = &tess->cache[tess->cacheCount];
|
||||
|
||||
v->data = data;
|
||||
v->coords[0] = coords[0];
|
||||
v->coords[1] = coords[1];
|
||||
v->coords[2] = coords[2];
|
||||
++tess->cacheCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int EmptyCache( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
CachedVertex *v = tess->cache;
|
||||
CachedVertex *vLast;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->mesh = __gl_meshNewMesh();
|
||||
if (tess->mesh == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for( vLast = v + tess->cacheCount; v < vLast; ++v ) {
|
||||
if ( !AddVertex( tess, v->coords, v->data ) ) return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tess->cacheCount = 0;
|
||||
tess->emptyCache = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessVertex( GLUtesselator *tess, GLdouble coords[3], void *data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, tooLarge = FALSE;
|
||||
GLdouble x, clamped[3];
|
||||
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_IN_CONTOUR );
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->emptyCache ) {
|
||||
if ( !EmptyCache( tess ) ) {
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tess->lastEdge = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i ) {
|
||||
x = coords[i];
|
||||
if( x < - GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD ) {
|
||||
x = - GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD;
|
||||
tooLarge = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( x > GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD ) {
|
||||
x = GLU_TESS_MAX_COORD;
|
||||
tooLarge = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
clamped[i] = x;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( tooLarge ) {
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_TESS_COORD_TOO_LARGE );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->mesh == NULL ) {
|
||||
if( tess->cacheCount < TESS_MAX_CACHE ) {
|
||||
CacheVertex( tess, clamped, data );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( !EmptyCache( tess ) ) {
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( !AddVertex( tess, clamped, data ) ) {
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessBeginPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess, void *data )
|
||||
{
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_DORMANT );
|
||||
|
||||
tess->state = T_IN_POLYGON;
|
||||
tess->cacheCount = 0;
|
||||
tess->emptyCache = FALSE;
|
||||
tess->mesh = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
tess->polygonData= data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessBeginContour( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_IN_POLYGON );
|
||||
|
||||
tess->state = T_IN_CONTOUR;
|
||||
tess->lastEdge = NULL;
|
||||
if( tess->cacheCount > 0 ) {
|
||||
/* Just set a flag so we don't get confused by empty contours
|
||||
* -- these can be generated accidentally with the obsolete
|
||||
* NextContour() interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
tess->emptyCache = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessEndContour( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_IN_CONTOUR );
|
||||
tess->state = T_IN_POLYGON;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluTessEndPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUmesh *mesh;
|
||||
|
||||
if (setjmp(tess->env) != 0) {
|
||||
/* come back here if out of memory */
|
||||
CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA( GLU_OUT_OF_MEMORY );
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
RequireState( tess, T_IN_POLYGON );
|
||||
tess->state = T_DORMANT;
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->mesh == NULL ) {
|
||||
if( ! tess->flagBoundary && tess->callMesh == &noMesh ) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Try some special code to make the easy cases go quickly
|
||||
* (eg. convex polygons). This code does NOT handle multiple contours,
|
||||
* intersections, edge flags, and of course it does not generate
|
||||
* an explicit mesh either.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( __gl_renderCache( tess )) {
|
||||
tess->polygonData= NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( !EmptyCache( tess ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1); /* could've used a label*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the polygon normal and project vertices onto the plane
|
||||
* of the polygon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__gl_projectPolygon( tess );
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_computeInterior( tess ) computes the planar arrangement specified
|
||||
* by the given contours, and further subdivides this arrangement
|
||||
* into regions. Each region is marked "inside" if it belongs
|
||||
* to the polygon, according to the rule given by tess->windingRule.
|
||||
* Each interior region is guaranteed be monotone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ( !__gl_computeInterior( tess ) ) {
|
||||
longjmp(tess->env,1); /* could've used a label */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mesh = tess->mesh;
|
||||
if( ! tess->fatalError ) {
|
||||
int rc = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the user wants only the boundary contours, we throw away all edges
|
||||
* except those which separate the interior from the exterior.
|
||||
* Otherwise we tessellate all the regions marked "inside".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( tess->boundaryOnly ) {
|
||||
rc = __gl_meshSetWindingNumber( mesh, 1, TRUE );
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
rc = __gl_meshTessellateInterior( mesh );
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rc == 0) longjmp(tess->env,1); /* could've used a label */
|
||||
|
||||
__gl_meshCheckMesh( mesh );
|
||||
|
||||
if( tess->callBegin != &noBegin || tess->callEnd != &noEnd
|
||||
|| tess->callVertex != &noVertex || tess->callEdgeFlag != &noEdgeFlag
|
||||
|| tess->callBeginData != &__gl_noBeginData
|
||||
|| tess->callEndData != &__gl_noEndData
|
||||
|| tess->callVertexData != &__gl_noVertexData
|
||||
|| tess->callEdgeFlagData != &__gl_noEdgeFlagData )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( tess->boundaryOnly ) {
|
||||
__gl_renderBoundary( tess, mesh ); /* output boundary contours */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
__gl_renderMesh( tess, mesh ); /* output strips and fans */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if( tess->callMesh != &noMesh ) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Throw away the exterior faces, so that all faces are interior.
|
||||
* This way the user doesn't have to check the "inside" flag,
|
||||
* and we don't need to even reveal its existence. It also leaves
|
||||
* the freedom for an implementation to not generate the exterior
|
||||
* faces in the first place.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__gl_meshDiscardExterior( mesh );
|
||||
(*tess->callMesh)( mesh ); /* user wants the mesh itself */
|
||||
tess->mesh = NULL;
|
||||
tess->polygonData= NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
__gl_meshDeleteMesh( mesh );
|
||||
tess->polygonData= NULL;
|
||||
tess->mesh = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*XXXblythe unused function*/
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluDeleteMesh( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
__gl_meshDeleteMesh( mesh );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Obsolete calls -- for backward compatibility */
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluBeginPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gluTessBeginPolygon( tess, NULL );
|
||||
gluTessBeginContour( tess );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluNextContour( GLUtesselator *tess, GLenum type )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gluTessEndContour( tess );
|
||||
gluTessBeginContour( tess );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY
|
||||
gluEndPolygon( GLUtesselator *tess )
|
||||
{
|
||||
gluTessEndContour( tess );
|
||||
gluTessEndPolygon( tess );
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __tess_h_
|
||||
#define __tess_h_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "glu.h"
|
||||
#include <setjmp.h>
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "dict.h"
|
||||
#include "priorityq.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The begin/end calls must be properly nested. We keep track of
|
||||
* the current state to enforce the ordering.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum TessState { T_DORMANT, T_IN_POLYGON, T_IN_CONTOUR };
|
||||
|
||||
/* We cache vertex data for single-contour polygons so that we can
|
||||
* try a quick-and-dirty decomposition first.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TESS_MAX_CACHE 100
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct CachedVertex {
|
||||
GLdouble coords[3];
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
} CachedVertex;
|
||||
|
||||
struct GLUtesselator {
|
||||
|
||||
/*** state needed for collecting the input data ***/
|
||||
|
||||
enum TessState state; /* what begin/end calls have we seen? */
|
||||
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *lastEdge; /* lastEdge->Org is the most recent vertex */
|
||||
GLUmesh *mesh; /* stores the input contours, and eventually
|
||||
the tessellation itself */
|
||||
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callError)( GLenum errnum );
|
||||
|
||||
/*** state needed for projecting onto the sweep plane ***/
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble normal[3]; /* user-specified normal (if provided) */
|
||||
GLdouble sUnit[3]; /* unit vector in s-direction (debugging) */
|
||||
GLdouble tUnit[3]; /* unit vector in t-direction (debugging) */
|
||||
|
||||
/*** state needed for the line sweep ***/
|
||||
|
||||
GLdouble relTolerance; /* tolerance for merging features */
|
||||
GLenum windingRule; /* rule for determining polygon interior */
|
||||
GLboolean fatalError; /* fatal error: needed combine callback */
|
||||
|
||||
Dict *dict; /* edge dictionary for sweep line */
|
||||
PriorityQ *pq; /* priority queue of vertex events */
|
||||
GLUvertex *event; /* current sweep event being processed */
|
||||
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callCombine)( GLdouble coords[3], void *data[4],
|
||||
GLfloat weight[4], void **outData );
|
||||
|
||||
/*** state needed for rendering callbacks (see render.c) ***/
|
||||
|
||||
GLboolean flagBoundary; /* mark boundary edges (use EdgeFlag) */
|
||||
GLboolean boundaryOnly; /* Extract contours, not triangles */
|
||||
GLUface *lonelyTriList;
|
||||
/* list of triangles which could not be rendered as strips or fans */
|
||||
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callBegin)( GLenum type );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callEdgeFlag)( GLboolean boundaryEdge );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callVertex)( void *data );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callEnd)( void );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callMesh)( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*** state needed to cache single-contour polygons for renderCache() */
|
||||
|
||||
GLboolean emptyCache; /* empty cache on next vertex() call */
|
||||
int cacheCount; /* number of cached vertices */
|
||||
CachedVertex cache[TESS_MAX_CACHE]; /* the vertex data */
|
||||
|
||||
/*** rendering callbacks that also pass polygon data ***/
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callBeginData)( GLenum type, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callEdgeFlagData)( GLboolean boundaryEdge,
|
||||
void *polygonData );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callVertexData)( void *data, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callEndData)( void *polygonData );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callErrorData)( GLenum errnum, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void (GLAPIENTRY *callCombineData)( GLdouble coords[3], void *data[4],
|
||||
GLfloat weight[4], void **outData,
|
||||
void *polygonData );
|
||||
|
||||
jmp_buf env; /* place to jump to when memAllocs fail */
|
||||
|
||||
void *polygonData; /* client data for current polygon */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noBeginData( GLenum type, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noEdgeFlagData( GLboolean boundaryEdge, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noVertexData( void *data, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noEndData( void *polygonData );
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noErrorData( GLenum errnum, void *polygonData );
|
||||
void GLAPIENTRY __gl_noCombineData( GLdouble coords[3], void *data[4],
|
||||
GLfloat weight[4], void **outData,
|
||||
void *polygonData );
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_BEGIN_OR_BEGIN_DATA(a) \
|
||||
if (tess->callBeginData != &__gl_noBeginData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callBeginData)((a),tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callBegin)((a));
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_VERTEX_OR_VERTEX_DATA(a) \
|
||||
if (tess->callVertexData != &__gl_noVertexData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callVertexData)((a),tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callVertex)((a));
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_EDGE_FLAG_OR_EDGE_FLAG_DATA(a) \
|
||||
if (tess->callEdgeFlagData != &__gl_noEdgeFlagData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callEdgeFlagData)((a),tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callEdgeFlag)((a));
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_END_OR_END_DATA() \
|
||||
if (tess->callEndData != &__gl_noEndData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callEndData)(tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callEnd)();
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_COMBINE_OR_COMBINE_DATA(a,b,c,d) \
|
||||
if (tess->callCombineData != &__gl_noCombineData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callCombineData)((a),(b),(c),(d),tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callCombine)((a),(b),(c),(d));
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALL_ERROR_OR_ERROR_DATA(a) \
|
||||
if (tess->callErrorData != &__gl_noErrorData) \
|
||||
(*tess->callErrorData)((a),tess->polygonData); \
|
||||
else (*tess->callError)((a));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include <jni.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "glu.h"
|
||||
#include "tess.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <android/log.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Triangle {
|
||||
int v[3];
|
||||
struct Triangle *prev;
|
||||
} Triangle;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct Vertex {
|
||||
double pt[3];
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
struct Vertex *prev;
|
||||
} Vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct TessContext {
|
||||
Triangle *latest_t;
|
||||
int n_tris;
|
||||
|
||||
Vertex *v_prev;
|
||||
Vertex *v_prevprev;
|
||||
Vertex *latest_v;
|
||||
GLenum current_mode;
|
||||
int odd_even_strip;
|
||||
|
||||
void (*vertex_cb)(Vertex *, struct TessContext *);
|
||||
} TessContext;
|
||||
|
||||
void skip_vertex(Vertex *v, TessContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *new_tess_context()
|
||||
{
|
||||
TessContext *result = (TessContext *) malloc(sizeof(struct TessContext));
|
||||
result->latest_t = NULL;
|
||||
result->latest_v = NULL;
|
||||
result->n_tris = 0;
|
||||
result->v_prev = NULL;
|
||||
result->v_prevprev = NULL;
|
||||
result->v_prev = NULL;
|
||||
result->v_prev = NULL;
|
||||
result->vertex_cb = &skip_vertex;
|
||||
result->odd_even_strip = 0;
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void destroy_tess_context(TessContext *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free(ctx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Vertex *new_vertex(TessContext *ctx, double x, double y)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertex *result = (Vertex *) malloc(sizeof(Vertex));
|
||||
result->prev = ctx->latest_v;
|
||||
result->pt[0] = x;
|
||||
result->pt[1] = y;
|
||||
result->pt[2] = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ctx->latest_v == NULL) {
|
||||
result->index = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
result->index = ctx->latest_v->index + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ctx->latest_v = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Triangle *new_triangle(TessContext *ctx, int v1, int v2, int v3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Triangle *result = (Triangle *) malloc(sizeof(Triangle));
|
||||
result->prev = ctx->latest_t;
|
||||
result->v[0] = v1;
|
||||
result->v[1] = v2;
|
||||
result->v[2] = v3;
|
||||
ctx->n_tris++;
|
||||
return ctx->latest_t = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void skip_vertex(Vertex *v, TessContext *ctx) {
|
||||
}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
void fan_vertex(Vertex *v, TessContext *ctx) {
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prevprev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prevprev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
new_triangle(ctx, ctx->v_prevprev->index, ctx->v_prev->index, v->index);
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void strip_vertex(Vertex *v, TessContext *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prevprev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prevprev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ctx->odd_even_strip) {
|
||||
new_triangle(ctx, ctx->v_prevprev->index, ctx->v_prev->index, v->index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
new_triangle(ctx, ctx->v_prev->index, ctx->v_prevprev->index, v->index);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ctx->odd_even_strip = !ctx->odd_even_strip;
|
||||
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = ctx->v_prevprev;
|
||||
ctx->v_prevprev = v;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void triangle_vertex(Vertex *v, TessContext *ctx) {
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prevprev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prevprev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ctx->v_prev == NULL) {
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = v;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
new_triangle(ctx, ctx->v_prevprev->index, ctx->v_prev->index, v->index);
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = ctx->v_prevprev = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void vertex(void *vertex_data, void *poly_data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertex *ptr = (Vertex *) vertex_data;
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = (TessContext *) poly_data;
|
||||
ctx->vertex_cb(ptr, ctx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void begin(GLenum which, void *poly_data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = (TessContext *) poly_data;
|
||||
ctx->v_prev = ctx->v_prevprev = NULL;
|
||||
ctx->odd_even_strip = 0;
|
||||
switch (which) {
|
||||
case GL_TRIANGLES:
|
||||
ctx->vertex_cb = &triangle_vertex;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP:
|
||||
ctx->vertex_cb = &strip_vertex;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case GL_TRIANGLE_FAN:
|
||||
ctx->vertex_cb = &fan_vertex;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "ERROR, can't handle %d\n", (int) which);
|
||||
ctx->vertex_cb = &skip_vertex;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void combine(const GLdouble newVertex[3],
|
||||
const void *neighborVertex[4],
|
||||
const GLfloat neighborWeight[4], void **outData, void *polyData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = (TessContext *) polyData;
|
||||
Vertex *result = new_vertex(ctx, newVertex[0], newVertex[1]);
|
||||
*outData = result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void write_output(TessContext *ctx, float **coordinates_out, int **tris_out, int *vc, int *tc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int n_verts = 1 + ctx->latest_v->index;
|
||||
*vc = n_verts;
|
||||
int n_tris_copy = ctx->n_tris;
|
||||
*tc = ctx->n_tris;
|
||||
*coordinates_out = malloc(n_verts * sizeof(float) * 2);
|
||||
*tris_out = (ctx->n_tris ? malloc(ctx->n_tris * sizeof(int) * 3) : NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
while (ctx->latest_v) {
|
||||
(*coordinates_out)[2 * ctx->latest_v->index] = ctx->latest_v->pt[0];
|
||||
(*coordinates_out)[2 * ctx->latest_v->index + 1] = ctx->latest_v->pt[1];
|
||||
Vertex *prev = ctx->latest_v->prev;
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_v);
|
||||
ctx->latest_v = prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (ctx->latest_t) {
|
||||
(*tris_out)[3 * (n_tris_copy - 1)] = ctx->latest_t->v[0];
|
||||
(*tris_out)[3 * (n_tris_copy - 1) + 1] = ctx->latest_t->v[1];
|
||||
(*tris_out)[3 * (n_tris_copy - 1) + 2] = ctx->latest_t->v[2];
|
||||
Triangle *prev = ctx->latest_t->prev;
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_t);
|
||||
ctx->latest_t = prev;
|
||||
n_tris_copy--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *tessellate(
|
||||
int *nverts,
|
||||
int *ntris,
|
||||
const float **contoursbegin,
|
||||
const float **contoursend)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const float *contourbegin, *contourend;
|
||||
Vertex *current_vertex;
|
||||
GLUtesselator *tess;
|
||||
TessContext *ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
tess = gluNewTess();
|
||||
ctx = new_tess_context();
|
||||
|
||||
gluTessCallback(tess, GLU_TESS_VERTEX_DATA, (GLvoid (*)()) &vertex);
|
||||
gluTessCallback(tess, GLU_TESS_BEGIN_DATA, (GLvoid (*)()) &begin);
|
||||
gluTessCallback(tess, GLU_TESS_COMBINE_DATA, (GLvoid (*)()) &combine);
|
||||
|
||||
gluTessBeginPolygon(tess, ctx);
|
||||
do {
|
||||
contourbegin = *contoursbegin++;
|
||||
contourend = *contoursbegin;
|
||||
gluTessBeginContour(tess);
|
||||
while (contourbegin != contourend) {
|
||||
current_vertex = new_vertex(ctx, contourbegin[0], contourbegin[1]);
|
||||
contourbegin += 2;
|
||||
gluTessVertex(tess, current_vertex->pt, current_vertex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
gluTessEndContour(tess);
|
||||
} while (contoursbegin != (contoursend - 1));
|
||||
gluTessEndPolygon(tess);
|
||||
|
||||
//write_output(ctx, verts, tris, nverts, ntris);
|
||||
//destroy_tess_context(ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
gluDeleteTess(tess);
|
||||
|
||||
return ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define printf(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, "Tesselate", __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CAST_CTX(x) (TessContext *)(uintptr_t) x
|
||||
|
||||
void Java_org_oscim_renderer_sublayers_MeshLayer_tessFinish(JNIEnv *env, jclass c,
|
||||
jlong ptr_context) {
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = CAST_CTX(ptr_context);
|
||||
|
||||
while (ctx->latest_v) {
|
||||
Vertex *prev = ctx->latest_v->prev;
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_v);
|
||||
ctx->latest_v = prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (ctx->latest_t) {
|
||||
Triangle *prev = ctx->latest_t->prev;
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_t);
|
||||
ctx->latest_t = prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
destroy_tess_context(ctx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jint Java_org_oscim_renderer_sublayers_MeshLayer_tessGetCoordinates(JNIEnv *env, jclass c,
|
||||
jlong ptr_context, jshortArray obj_coords, jfloat scale) {
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = CAST_CTX(ptr_context);
|
||||
|
||||
int length = (*env)->GetArrayLength(env, obj_coords);
|
||||
|
||||
jshort* coords = (jshort*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_coords, 0);
|
||||
if (coords == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int n_verts = 1 + ctx->latest_v->index;
|
||||
int n_tris_copy = ctx->n_tris;
|
||||
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
for (; ctx->latest_v && cnt < length; cnt += 2) {
|
||||
coords[cnt + 0] = (ctx->latest_v->pt[0] * scale) + 0.5f;
|
||||
coords[cnt + 1] = (ctx->latest_v->pt[1] * scale) + 0.5f;
|
||||
Vertex *prev = ctx->latest_v->prev;
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_v);
|
||||
ctx->latest_v = prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_coords, coords, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
|
||||
return cnt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jint Java_org_oscim_renderer_sublayers_MeshLayer_tessGetIndices(JNIEnv *env, jclass c,
|
||||
jlong ptr_context, jshortArray obj_indices) {
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = CAST_CTX(ptr_context);
|
||||
|
||||
int length = (*env)->GetArrayLength(env, obj_indices);
|
||||
|
||||
jshort* tris = (jshort*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_indices, 0);
|
||||
if (tris == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int n_tris_copy = ctx->n_tris;
|
||||
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; ctx->latest_t && cnt < length; cnt += 3) {
|
||||
tris[cnt + 0] = ctx->latest_t->v[0];
|
||||
tris[cnt + 1] = ctx->latest_t->v[1];
|
||||
tris[cnt + 2] = ctx->latest_t->v[2];
|
||||
Triangle *prev = ctx->latest_t->prev;
|
||||
|
||||
free(ctx->latest_t);
|
||||
ctx->latest_t = prev;
|
||||
n_tris_copy--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ctx->n_tris = n_tris_copy;
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_indices, tris, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
|
||||
return cnt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jlong Java_org_oscim_renderer_sublayers_MeshLayer_tessellate(JNIEnv *env, jclass c,
|
||||
jfloatArray obj_points, jint pos,
|
||||
jshortArray obj_index, jint ipos,
|
||||
jint num_rings) { //, jintArray obj_out) {
|
||||
|
||||
jboolean isCopy;
|
||||
|
||||
printf("add %d %d %d\n", pos, ipos, num_rings);
|
||||
|
||||
float* orig_points = (float*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_points, &isCopy);
|
||||
if (orig_points == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
const float *points = orig_points + pos;
|
||||
|
||||
jshort* orig_indices = (jshort*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_index, &isCopy);
|
||||
if (orig_indices == NULL) {
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_points, orig_points, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jshort* indices = orig_indices + ipos;
|
||||
|
||||
const float **rings = malloc(sizeof(float*) * (num_rings + 1));
|
||||
int offset = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < num_rings; i++) {
|
||||
rings[i] = points + offset;
|
||||
offset += indices[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
rings[num_rings] = points + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
int nverts, ntris;
|
||||
|
||||
TessContext *ctx = tessellate(&nverts, &ntris,
|
||||
rings, rings + (num_rings + 1));
|
||||
|
||||
free(rings);
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_index, orig_indices, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_points, orig_points, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
|
||||
return (long) ctx;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
typedef struct Vertex {
|
||||
double pt[3];
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
struct Vertex *prev;
|
||||
} Vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
//void tessellate
|
||||
// (double **verts,
|
||||
// int *nverts,
|
||||
// int **tris,
|
||||
// int *ntris,
|
||||
// const float **contoursbegin,
|
||||
// const float **contoursend);
|
@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gluos.h"
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "geom.h"
|
||||
#include "mesh.h"
|
||||
#include "tessmono.h"
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define AddWinding(eDst,eSrc) (eDst->winding += eSrc->winding, \
|
||||
eDst->Sym->winding += eSrc->Sym->winding)
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshTessellateMonoRegion( face ) tessellates a monotone region
|
||||
* (what else would it do??) The region must consist of a single
|
||||
* loop of half-edges (see mesh.h) oriented CCW. "Monotone" in this
|
||||
* case means that any vertical line intersects the interior of the
|
||||
* region in a single interval.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tessellation consists of adding interior edges (actually pairs of
|
||||
* half-edges), to split the region into non-overlapping triangles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The basic idea is explained in Preparata and Shamos (which I don''t
|
||||
* have handy right now), although their implementation is more
|
||||
* complicated than this one. The are two edge chains, an upper chain
|
||||
* and a lower chain. We process all vertices from both chains in order,
|
||||
* from right to left.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The algorithm ensures that the following invariant holds after each
|
||||
* vertex is processed: the untessellated region consists of two
|
||||
* chains, where one chain (say the upper) is a single edge, and
|
||||
* the other chain is concave. The left vertex of the single edge
|
||||
* is always to the left of all vertices in the concave chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Each step consists of adding the rightmost unprocessed vertex to one
|
||||
* of the two chains, and forming a fan of triangles from the rightmost
|
||||
* of two chain endpoints. Determining whether we can add each triangle
|
||||
* to the fan is a simple orientation test. By making the fan as large
|
||||
* as possible, we restore the invariant (check it yourself).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_meshTessellateMonoRegion( GLUface *face )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *up, *lo;
|
||||
|
||||
/* All edges are oriented CCW around the boundary of the region.
|
||||
* First, find the half-edge whose origin vertex is rightmost.
|
||||
* Since the sweep goes from left to right, face->anEdge should
|
||||
* be close to the edge we want.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
up = face->anEdge;
|
||||
assert( up->Lnext != up && up->Lnext->Lnext != up );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ; VertLeq( up->Dst, up->Org ); up = up->Lprev )
|
||||
;
|
||||
for( ; VertLeq( up->Org, up->Dst ); up = up->Lnext )
|
||||
;
|
||||
lo = up->Lprev;
|
||||
|
||||
while( up->Lnext != lo ) {
|
||||
if( VertLeq( up->Dst, lo->Org )) {
|
||||
/* up->Dst is on the left. It is safe to form triangles from lo->Org.
|
||||
* The EdgeGoesLeft test guarantees progress even when some triangles
|
||||
* are CW, given that the upper and lower chains are truly monotone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
while( lo->Lnext != up && (EdgeGoesLeft( lo->Lnext )
|
||||
|| EdgeSign( lo->Org, lo->Dst, lo->Lnext->Dst ) <= 0 )) {
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= __gl_meshConnect( lo->Lnext, lo );
|
||||
if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
lo = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lo = lo->Lprev;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* lo->Org is on the left. We can make CCW triangles from up->Dst. */
|
||||
while( lo->Lnext != up && (EdgeGoesRight( up->Lprev )
|
||||
|| EdgeSign( up->Dst, up->Org, up->Lprev->Org ) >= 0 )) {
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= __gl_meshConnect( up, up->Lprev );
|
||||
if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
up = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
|
||||
}
|
||||
up = up->Lnext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now lo->Org == up->Dst == the leftmost vertex. The remaining region
|
||||
* can be tessellated in a fan from this leftmost vertex.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
assert( lo->Lnext != up );
|
||||
while( lo->Lnext->Lnext != up ) {
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= __gl_meshConnect( lo->Lnext, lo );
|
||||
if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
|
||||
lo = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshTessellateInterior( mesh ) tessellates each region of
|
||||
* the mesh which is marked "inside" the polygon. Each such region
|
||||
* must be monotone.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_meshTessellateInterior( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f, *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/*LINTED*/
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = next ) {
|
||||
/* Make sure we don''t try to tessellate the new triangles. */
|
||||
next = f->next;
|
||||
if( f->inside ) {
|
||||
if ( !__gl_meshTessellateMonoRegion( f ) ) return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshDiscardExterior( mesh ) zaps (ie. sets to NULL) all faces
|
||||
* which are not marked "inside" the polygon. Since further mesh operations
|
||||
* on NULL faces are not allowed, the main purpose is to clean up the
|
||||
* mesh so that exterior loops are not represented in the data structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void __gl_meshDiscardExterior( GLUmesh *mesh )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUface *f, *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/*LINTED*/
|
||||
for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = next ) {
|
||||
/* Since f will be destroyed, save its next pointer. */
|
||||
next = f->next;
|
||||
if( ! f->inside ) {
|
||||
__gl_meshZapFace( f );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define MARKED_FOR_DELETION 0x7fffffff
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshSetWindingNumber( mesh, value, keepOnlyBoundary ) resets the
|
||||
* winding numbers on all edges so that regions marked "inside" the
|
||||
* polygon have a winding number of "value", and regions outside
|
||||
* have a winding number of 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If keepOnlyBoundary is TRUE, it also deletes all edges which do not
|
||||
* separate an interior region from an exterior one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int __gl_meshSetWindingNumber( GLUmesh *mesh, int value,
|
||||
GLboolean keepOnlyBoundary )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GLUhalfEdge *e, *eNext;
|
||||
|
||||
for( e = mesh->eHead.next; e != &mesh->eHead; e = eNext ) {
|
||||
eNext = e->next;
|
||||
if( e->Rface->inside != e->Lface->inside ) {
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a boundary edge (one side is interior, one is exterior). */
|
||||
e->winding = (e->Lface->inside) ? value : -value;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
||||
/* Both regions are interior, or both are exterior. */
|
||||
if( ! keepOnlyBoundary ) {
|
||||
e->winding = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if ( !__gl_meshDelete( e ) ) return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
||||
* copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
|
||||
* to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
|
||||
* the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
|
||||
* and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
|
||||
* Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
|
||||
* either this permission notice or a reference to
|
||||
* http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
|
||||
* shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
|
||||
* SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
|
||||
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
|
||||
* SOFTWARE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
* shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
||||
* other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
|
||||
* Silicon Graphics, Inc.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
|
||||
**
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __tessmono_h_
|
||||
#define __tessmono_h_
|
||||
|
||||
/* __gl_meshTessellateMonoRegion( face ) tessellates a monotone region
|
||||
* (what else would it do??) The region must consist of a single
|
||||
* loop of half-edges (see mesh.h) oriented CCW. "Monotone" in this
|
||||
* case means that any vertical line intersects the interior of the
|
||||
* region in a single interval.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tessellation consists of adding interior edges (actually pairs of
|
||||
* half-edges), to split the region into non-overlapping triangles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshTessellateInterior( mesh ) tessellates each region of
|
||||
* the mesh which is marked "inside" the polygon. Each such region
|
||||
* must be monotone.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshDiscardExterior( mesh ) zaps (ie. sets to NULL) all faces
|
||||
* which are not marked "inside" the polygon. Since further mesh operations
|
||||
* on NULL faces are not allowed, the main purpose is to clean up the
|
||||
* mesh so that exterior loops are not represented in the data structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* __gl_meshSetWindingNumber( mesh, value, keepOnlyBoundary ) resets the
|
||||
* winding numbers on all edges so that regions marked "inside" the
|
||||
* polygon have a winding number of "value", and regions outside
|
||||
* have a winding number of 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If keepOnlyBoundary is TRUE, it also deletes all edges which do not
|
||||
* separate an interior region from an exterior one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int __gl_meshTessellateMonoRegion( GLUface *face );
|
||||
int __gl_meshTessellateInterior( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
void __gl_meshDiscardExterior( GLUmesh *mesh );
|
||||
int __gl_meshSetWindingNumber( GLUmesh *mesh, int value,
|
||||
GLboolean keepOnlyBoundary );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Triangle
|
||||
A Two-Dimensional Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay Triangulator.
|
||||
Version 1.6
|
||||
|
||||
Show Me
|
||||
A Display Program for Meshes and More.
|
||||
Version 1.6
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2005 Jonathan Richard Shewchuk
|
||||
2360 Woolsey #H
|
||||
Berkeley, California 94705-1927
|
||||
Please send bugs and comments to jrs@cs.berkeley.edu
|
||||
|
||||
Created as part of the Quake project (tools for earthquake simulation).
|
||||
Supported in part by NSF Grant CMS-9318163 and an NSERC 1967 Scholarship.
|
||||
There is no warranty whatsoever. Use at your own risk.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Triangle generates exact Delaunay triangulations, constrained Delaunay
|
||||
triangulations, conforming Delaunay triangulations, Voronoi diagrams, and
|
||||
high-quality triangular meshes. The latter can be generated with no small
|
||||
or large angles, and are thus suitable for finite element analysis.
|
||||
Show Me graphically displays the contents of the geometric files used by
|
||||
Triangle. Show Me can also write images in PostScript form.
|
||||
|
||||
Information on the algorithms used by Triangle, including complete
|
||||
references, can be found in the comments at the beginning of the triangle.c
|
||||
source file. Another listing of these references, with PostScript copies
|
||||
of some of the papers, is available from the Web page
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.research.html
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
These programs may be freely redistributed under the condition that the
|
||||
copyright notices (including the copy of this notice in the code comments
|
||||
and the copyright notice printed when the `-h' switch is selected) are
|
||||
not removed, and no compensation is received. Private, research, and
|
||||
institutional use is free. You may distribute modified versions of this
|
||||
code UNDER THE CONDITION THAT THIS CODE AND ANY MODIFICATIONS MADE TO IT
|
||||
IN THE SAME FILE REMAIN UNDER COPYRIGHT OF THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR, BOTH
|
||||
SOURCE AND OBJECT CODE ARE MADE FREELY AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE, AND
|
||||
CLEAR NOTICE IS GIVEN OF THE MODIFICATIONS. Distribution of this code as
|
||||
part of a commercial system is permissible ONLY BY DIRECT ARRANGEMENT
|
||||
WITH THE AUTHOR. (If you are not directly supplying this code to a
|
||||
customer, and you are instead telling them how they can obtain it for
|
||||
free, then you are not required to make any arrangement with me.)
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The files included in this distribution are:
|
||||
|
||||
README The file you're reading now.
|
||||
triangle.c Complete C source code for Triangle.
|
||||
showme.c Complete C source code for Show Me.
|
||||
triangle.h Include file for calling Triangle from another program.
|
||||
tricall.c Sample program that calls Triangle.
|
||||
makefile Makefile for compiling Triangle and Show Me.
|
||||
A.poly A sample input file.
|
||||
|
||||
Each of Triangle and Show Me is a single portable C file. The easiest way
|
||||
to compile them is to edit and use the included makefile. Before
|
||||
compiling, read the makefile, which describes your options, and edit it
|
||||
accordingly. You should specify:
|
||||
|
||||
The source and binary directories.
|
||||
|
||||
The C compiler and level of optimization.
|
||||
|
||||
The "correct" directories for include files (especially X include files),
|
||||
if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Do you want single precision or double? (The default is double.) Do you
|
||||
want to leave out some of Triangle's features to reduce the size of the
|
||||
executable file? Investigate the SINGLE, REDUCED, and CDT_ONLY symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
If yours is not a Unix system, define the NO_TIMER symbol to remove the
|
||||
Unix-specific timing code. Also, don't try to compile Show Me; it only
|
||||
works with X Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are compiling on an Intel x86 CPU and using gcc w/Linux or
|
||||
Microsoft C, be sure to define the LINUX or CPU86 (for Microsoft) symbol
|
||||
during compilation so that the exact arithmetic works right.
|
||||
|
||||
Once you've done this, type "make" to compile the programs. Alternatively,
|
||||
the files are usually easy to compile without a makefile:
|
||||
|
||||
cc -O -o triangle triangle.c -lm
|
||||
cc -O -o showme showme.c -lX11
|
||||
|
||||
On some systems, the C compiler won't be able to find the X include files
|
||||
or libraries, and you'll need to specify an include path or library path:
|
||||
|
||||
cc -O -I/usr/local/include -o showme showme.c -L/usr/local/lib -lX11
|
||||
|
||||
Some processors, including Intel x86 family and possibly Motorola 68xxx
|
||||
family chips, are IEEE conformant but have extended length internal
|
||||
floating-point registers that may defeat Triangle's exact arithmetic
|
||||
routines by failing to cause enough roundoff error! Typically, there is a
|
||||
way to set these internal registers so that they are rounded off to IEEE
|
||||
single or double precision format. I believe (but I'm not certain) that
|
||||
Triangle has the right incantations for x86 chips, if you have gcc running
|
||||
under Linux (define the LINUX compiler symbol) or Microsoft C (define the
|
||||
CPU86 compiler symbol).
|
||||
|
||||
If you have a different processor or operating system, or if I got the
|
||||
incantations wrong, you should check your C compiler or system manuals to
|
||||
find out how to configure these internal registers to the precision you are
|
||||
using. Otherwise, the exact arithmetic routines won't be exact at all.
|
||||
See http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/robust.pc.html for details. Triangle's
|
||||
exact arithmetic hasn't a hope of working on machines like the Cray C90 or
|
||||
Y-MP, which are not IEEE conformant and have inaccurate rounding.
|
||||
|
||||
Triangle and Show Me have both text and HTML documentation. The latter is
|
||||
illustrated. Find it on the Web at
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.html
|
||||
http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/showme.html
|
||||
|
||||
Complete text instructions are printed by invoking each program with the
|
||||
`-h' switch:
|
||||
|
||||
triangle -h
|
||||
showme -h
|
||||
|
||||
The instructions are long; you'll probably want to pipe the output to
|
||||
`more' or `lpr' or redirect it to a file.
|
||||
|
||||
Both programs give a short list of command line options if they are invoked
|
||||
without arguments (that is, just type `triangle' or `showme').
|
||||
|
||||
Try out Triangle on the enclosed sample file, A.poly:
|
||||
|
||||
triangle -p A
|
||||
showme A.poly &
|
||||
|
||||
Triangle will read the Planar Straight Line Graph defined by A.poly, and
|
||||
write its constrained Delaunay triangulation to A.1.node and A.1.ele.
|
||||
Show Me will display the figure defined by A.poly. There are two buttons
|
||||
marked "ele" in the Show Me window; click on the top one. This will cause
|
||||
Show Me to load and display the triangulation.
|
||||
|
||||
For contrast, try running
|
||||
|
||||
triangle -pq A
|
||||
|
||||
Now, click on the same "ele" button. A new triangulation will be loaded;
|
||||
this one having no angles smaller than 20 degrees.
|
||||
|
||||
To see a Voronoi diagram, try this:
|
||||
|
||||
cp A.poly A.node
|
||||
triangle -v A
|
||||
|
||||
Click the "ele" button again. You will see the Delaunay triangulation of
|
||||
the points in A.poly, without the segments. Now click the top "voro" button.
|
||||
You will see the Voronoi diagram corresponding to that Delaunay triangulation.
|
||||
Click the "Reset" button to see the full extent of the diagram.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you wish to call Triangle from another program, instructions for doing
|
||||
so are contained in the file `triangle.h' (but read Triangle's regular
|
||||
instructions first!). Also look at `tricall.c', which provides an example
|
||||
of how to call Triangle.
|
||||
|
||||
Type "make trilibrary" to create triangle.o, a callable object file.
|
||||
Alternatively, the object file is usually easy to compile without a
|
||||
makefile:
|
||||
|
||||
cc -DTRILIBRARY -O -c triangle.c
|
||||
|
||||
Type "make distclean" to remove all the object and executable files created
|
||||
by make.
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you use Triangle, and especially if you use it to accomplish real work,
|
||||
I would like very much to hear from you. A short letter or email (to
|
||||
jrs@cs.berkeley.edu) describing how you use Triangle will mean a lot to me.
|
||||
The more people I know are using this program, the more easily I can
|
||||
justify spending time on improvements and on the three-dimensional
|
||||
successor to Triangle, which in turn will benefit you. Also, I can put you
|
||||
on a list to receive email whenever a new version of Triangle is available.
|
||||
|
||||
If you use a mesh generated by Triangle or plotted by Show Me in a
|
||||
publication, please include an acknowledgment as well. And please spell
|
||||
Triangle with a capital `T'! If you want to include a citation, use
|
||||
`Jonathan Richard Shewchuk, ``Triangle: Engineering a 2D Quality Mesh
|
||||
Generator and Delaunay Triangulator,'' in Applied Computational Geometry:
|
||||
Towards Geometric Engineering (Ming C. Lin and Dinesh Manocha, editors),
|
||||
volume 1148 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 203-222,
|
||||
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, May 1996. (From the First ACM Workshop on Applied
|
||||
Computational Geometry.)'
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan Richard Shewchuk
|
||||
July 27, 2005
|
@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include <jni.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <math.h>
|
||||
#include "triangle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <android/log.h>
|
||||
#define printf(...) __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_DEBUG, "Triangle", __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
|
||||
// from www.ecse.rpi.edu/Homepages/wrf/Research/Short_Notes/pnpoly.html
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
int pnpoly(int nvert, float *vert, float testx, float testy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i, j, c = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0, j = (nvert-1)*2; i < nvert * 2; j = i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( ((vert[i*2+1] > testy) != (vert[j*j+1] > testy)) &&
|
||||
(testx < (vert[j*2]-vert[i*2])
|
||||
* (testy - vert[i*2+1])
|
||||
/ (vert[j*2+1]-vert[i*2+1]) + vert[i*2]) )
|
||||
c = !c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int compare_dups(const void *a, const void *b) {
|
||||
int da = *((const long*) a);
|
||||
int db = *((const long*) b);
|
||||
return (da > db) - (da < db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void shiftSegment(TriangleIO *in, int *seg, int pos) {
|
||||
int size = (in->numberofsegments - pos - 1) * sizeof(int) * 2;
|
||||
printf("shift %d - %d %d\n", size, in->numberofsegments, pos);
|
||||
if (size > 0)
|
||||
memmove(seg, seg + 2, size);
|
||||
|
||||
in->numberofsegments -= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
int p1;
|
||||
int p2;
|
||||
} segment;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static void printPoly(TriangleIO *in) {
|
||||
// print poly format to check with triangle/showme
|
||||
printf("%d 2 0 0\n", in->numberofpoints);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < in->numberofpoints; j++)
|
||||
printf("%d %f %f\n", j, in->pointlist[j*2], in->pointlist[j*2+1]);
|
||||
|
||||
int *seg = in->segmentlist;
|
||||
printf("%d 0\n", in->numberofsegments);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < in->numberofsegments; j++, seg += 2)
|
||||
printf("%d %d %d\n", j, *seg, *(seg+1));
|
||||
|
||||
printf("%d 0\n", in->numberofholes);
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < in->numberofholes; j++) {
|
||||
printf("%d %f %f\n", j, in->holelist[j*2], in->holelist[j*2+1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
jint Java_org_oscim_renderer_sublayers_ExtrusionLayer_triangulate(JNIEnv *env, jclass c,
|
||||
jfloatArray obj_points, jint pos, jint len, jint num_rings, jobject indice_buf, jint offset) {
|
||||
|
||||
jshort* indices = (jshort*) (*env)->GetDirectBufferAddress(env, indice_buf);
|
||||
jboolean isCopy;
|
||||
|
||||
float* orig_points = (float*) (*env)->GetPrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_points, &isCopy);
|
||||
if (orig_points == NULL)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
float *points = orig_points + pos;
|
||||
|
||||
TriangleIO in, out;
|
||||
char buf[128];
|
||||
|
||||
memset(&in, 0, sizeof(TriangleIO));
|
||||
|
||||
in.numberofpoints = len >> 1;
|
||||
in.pointlist = (float *) points;
|
||||
|
||||
// check if explicitly closed
|
||||
if (in.pointlist[0] == in.pointlist[indices[0] - 2]
|
||||
&& in.pointlist[1] == in.pointlist[indices[0] - 1]) {
|
||||
int point = 0;
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < num_rings; i++) {
|
||||
// remove last point in ring
|
||||
indices[i] -= 2;
|
||||
int last = point + (indices[i] >> 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (in.numberofpoints - last > 1)
|
||||
memmove(in.pointlist + (last * 2), in.pointlist + ((last + 1) * 2),
|
||||
(in.numberofpoints - last - 1) * 2 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
|
||||
in.numberofpoints--;
|
||||
point = last;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int dups = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
float *i_points = points;
|
||||
int *skip_list = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// check for duplicate vertices and keep a list
|
||||
// of dups and the first occurence
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < in.numberofpoints - 1; i++) {
|
||||
float x = *i_points++;
|
||||
float y = *i_points++;
|
||||
float *j_points = i_points;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int j = i + 1; j < in.numberofpoints; j++, j_points += 2) {
|
||||
if ((*j_points == x) && (*(j_points + 1) == y)) {
|
||||
skip_list = realloc(skip_list, (dups + 2) * 2 * sizeof(int));
|
||||
skip_list[dups * 2 + 0] = j;
|
||||
skip_list[dups * 2 + 1] = i;
|
||||
dups++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
in.segmentlist = (int *) malloc(in.numberofpoints * 2 * sizeof(int));
|
||||
in.numberofsegments = in.numberofpoints;
|
||||
in.numberofholes = num_rings - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
int *rings = NULL;
|
||||
if (in.numberofholes > 0) {
|
||||
in.holelist = (float *) malloc(in.numberofholes * 2 * sizeof(float));
|
||||
rings = (int*) malloc(num_rings * sizeof(int));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int *seg = in.segmentlist;
|
||||
float *hole = in.holelist;
|
||||
|
||||
// counter going through all points
|
||||
int point;
|
||||
// counter going through all rings
|
||||
int ring;
|
||||
|
||||
// assign all points to segments for each ring
|
||||
for (ring = 0, point = 0; ring < num_rings; ring++, point++) {
|
||||
int len;
|
||||
int num_points = indices[ring] >> 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rings)
|
||||
rings[ring] = num_points;
|
||||
|
||||
// add holes: we need a point inside the hole...
|
||||
// this is just a heuristic, assuming that two
|
||||
// 'parallel' lines have a distance of at least
|
||||
// 1 unit. you'll notice when things went wrong
|
||||
// when the hole is rendered instead of the poly
|
||||
if (ring > 0) {
|
||||
int k = point * 2;
|
||||
|
||||
float nx = in.pointlist[k++];
|
||||
float ny = in.pointlist[k++];
|
||||
|
||||
float cx, cy, vx, vy;
|
||||
|
||||
// try to find a large enough segment
|
||||
for (len = (point + num_points) * 2; k < len;) {
|
||||
cx = nx;
|
||||
cy = ny;
|
||||
|
||||
nx = in.pointlist[k++];
|
||||
ny = in.pointlist[k++];
|
||||
|
||||
vx = nx - cx;
|
||||
vy = ny - cy;
|
||||
|
||||
if (vx > 4 || vx < -4 || vy > 4 || vy < -4)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
float a = sqrt(vx * vx + vy * vy);
|
||||
|
||||
float ux = -vy / a;
|
||||
float uy = vx / a;
|
||||
|
||||
float centerx = cx + vx / 2.0 - (ux * 0.1);
|
||||
float centery = cy + vy / 2.0 - (uy * 0.1);
|
||||
|
||||
*hole++ = centerx;
|
||||
*hole++ = centery;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// close ring
|
||||
int last = point + (num_points - 1);
|
||||
*seg++ = last;
|
||||
*seg++ = point;
|
||||
|
||||
for (len = point + num_points - 1; point < len; point++) {
|
||||
*seg++ = point;
|
||||
*seg++ = point + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (dups) {
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < dups; i++) {
|
||||
printf("duplicate points at %d, %d: %f,%f\n",
|
||||
skip_list[i*2], skip_list[i*2+1],
|
||||
in.pointlist[skip_list[i*2+1]*2],
|
||||
in.pointlist[skip_list[i*2+1]*2+1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printPoly(&in);
|
||||
|
||||
// replace duplicate positions with first occurence
|
||||
for (int i = 0; i < dups; i++) {
|
||||
// position of the duplicate vertex
|
||||
int pos = skip_list[i * 2] - i;
|
||||
// first vertex
|
||||
int replacement = skip_list[i * 2 + 1];
|
||||
|
||||
seg = in.segmentlist;
|
||||
for (int j = 0; j < in.numberofsegments * 2; j++, seg++) {
|
||||
if (*seg == pos) {
|
||||
printf("%d: %d <- %d", j, pos, replacement);
|
||||
*seg = replacement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memset(&out, 0, sizeof(TriangleIO));
|
||||
out.trianglelist = (INDICE*) indices;
|
||||
|
||||
// p - use polygon input, for CDT
|
||||
// z - zero offset array offsets...
|
||||
// P - no poly output
|
||||
// N - no node output
|
||||
// B - no bound output
|
||||
// Q - be quiet!
|
||||
|
||||
TriangleOptions opt;
|
||||
memset(&opt, 0, sizeof(TriangleOptions));
|
||||
|
||||
opt.dwyer = 1;
|
||||
opt.steiner = -1;
|
||||
opt.order = 1;
|
||||
opt.maxarea = -1.0;
|
||||
|
||||
opt.poly = 1;
|
||||
opt.usesegments = 1;
|
||||
opt.nopolywritten = 1;
|
||||
opt.nonodewritten = 1;
|
||||
opt.nobound = 1;
|
||||
opt.quiet = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
triangulate(&opt, &in, &out, (TriangleIO *) NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (in.numberofpoints < out.numberofpoints) {
|
||||
// TODO rerun with 'nonodewritten = 0'
|
||||
printf( "polygon input is bad! points in:%d out%d\n", in.numberofpoints, out.numberofpoints);
|
||||
out.numberoftriangles = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// scale to stride and add offset
|
||||
short stride = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (offset < 0)
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
INDICE *tri = out.trianglelist;
|
||||
|
||||
for (int n = out.numberoftriangles * 3; n > 0; n--)
|
||||
*tri++ = *tri * stride + offset;
|
||||
|
||||
// when a ring has an odd number of points one (or rather two)
|
||||
// additional vertices will be added. so the following rings
|
||||
// needs extra offset...
|
||||
int start = offset;
|
||||
for (int j = 0, m = in.numberofholes; j < m; j++) {
|
||||
start += rings[j] * stride;
|
||||
|
||||
// even number of points?
|
||||
if (!(rings[j] & 1))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
tri = out.trianglelist;
|
||||
int n = out.numberoftriangles * 3;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; n-- > 0; tri++)
|
||||
if (*tri >= start)
|
||||
*tri += stride;
|
||||
|
||||
start += stride;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
(*env)->ReleasePrimitiveArrayCritical(env, obj_points, orig_points, JNI_ABORT);
|
||||
|
||||
free(in.segmentlist);
|
||||
free(in.holelist);
|
||||
free(rings);
|
||||
free(skip_list);
|
||||
|
||||
return out.numberoftriangles;
|
||||
}
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* (triangle.h) */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Include file for programs that call Triangle. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Accompanies Triangle Version 1.6 */
|
||||
/* July 28, 2005 */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Copyright 1996, 2005 */
|
||||
/* Jonathan Richard Shewchuk */
|
||||
/* 2360 Woolsey #H */
|
||||
/* Berkeley, California 94705-1927 */
|
||||
/* jrs@cs.berkeley.edu */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* How to call Triangle from another program */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* If you haven't read Triangle's instructions (run "triangle -h" to read */
|
||||
/* them), you won't understand what follows. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Triangle must be compiled into an object file (triangle.o) with the */
|
||||
/* TRILIBRARY symbol defined (generally by using the -DTRILIBRARY compiler */
|
||||
/* switch). The makefile included with Triangle will do this for you if */
|
||||
/* you run "make trilibrary". The resulting object file can be called via */
|
||||
/* the procedure triangulate(). */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* If the size of the object file is important to you, you may wish to */
|
||||
/* generate a reduced version of triangle.o. The REDUCED symbol gets rid */
|
||||
/* of all features that are primarily of research interest. Specifically, */
|
||||
/* the -DREDUCED switch eliminates Triangle's -i, -F, -s, and -C switches. */
|
||||
/* The CDT_ONLY symbol gets rid of all meshing algorithms above and beyond */
|
||||
/* constrained Delaunay triangulation. Specifically, the -DCDT_ONLY switch */
|
||||
/* eliminates Triangle's -r, -q, -a, -u, -D, -Y, -S, and -s switches. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* IMPORTANT: These definitions (TRILIBRARY, REDUCED, CDT_ONLY) must be */
|
||||
/* made in the makefile or in triangle.c itself. Putting these definitions */
|
||||
/* in this file (triangle.h) will not create the desired effect. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* The calling convention for triangulate() follows. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* void triangulate(triswitches, in, out, vorout) */
|
||||
/* char *triswitches; */
|
||||
/* struct triangulateio *in; */
|
||||
/* struct triangulateio *out; */
|
||||
/* struct triangulateio *vorout; */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `triswitches' is a string containing the command line switches you wish */
|
||||
/* to invoke. No initial dash is required. Some suggestions: */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - You'll probably find it convenient to use the `z' switch so that */
|
||||
/* points (and other items) are numbered from zero. This simplifies */
|
||||
/* indexing, because the first item of any type always starts at index */
|
||||
/* [0] of the corresponding array, whether that item's number is zero or */
|
||||
/* one. */
|
||||
/* - You'll probably want to use the `Q' (quiet) switch in your final code, */
|
||||
/* but you can take advantage of Triangle's printed output (including the */
|
||||
/* `V' switch) while debugging. */
|
||||
/* - If you are not using the `q', `a', `u', `D', `j', or `s' switches, */
|
||||
/* then the output points will be identical to the input points, except */
|
||||
/* possibly for the boundary markers. If you don't need the boundary */
|
||||
/* markers, you should use the `N' (no nodes output) switch to save */
|
||||
/* memory. (If you do need boundary markers, but need to save memory, a */
|
||||
/* good nasty trick is to set out->pointlist equal to in->pointlist */
|
||||
/* before calling triangulate(), so that Triangle overwrites the input */
|
||||
/* points with identical copies.) */
|
||||
/* - The `I' (no iteration numbers) and `g' (.off file output) switches */
|
||||
/* have no effect when Triangle is compiled with TRILIBRARY defined. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `in', `out', and `vorout' are descriptions of the input, the output, */
|
||||
/* and the Voronoi output. If the `v' (Voronoi output) switch is not used, */
|
||||
/* `vorout' may be NULL. `in' and `out' may never be NULL. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Certain fields of the input and output structures must be initialized, */
|
||||
/* as described below. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* The `triangulateio' structure. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Used to pass data into and out of the triangulate() procedure. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Arrays are used to store points, triangles, markers, and so forth. In */
|
||||
/* all cases, the first item in any array is stored starting at index [0]. */
|
||||
/* However, that item is item number `1' unless the `z' switch is used, in */
|
||||
/* which case it is item number `0'. Hence, you may find it easier to */
|
||||
/* index points (and triangles in the neighbor list) if you use the `z' */
|
||||
/* switch. Unless, of course, you're calling Triangle from a Fortran */
|
||||
/* program. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Description of fields (except the `numberof' fields, which are obvious): */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `pointlist': An array of point coordinates. The first point's x */
|
||||
/* coordinate is at index [0] and its y coordinate at index [1], followed */
|
||||
/* by the coordinates of the remaining points. Each point occupies two */
|
||||
/* REALs. */
|
||||
/* `pointattributelist': An array of point attributes. Each point's */
|
||||
/* attributes occupy `numberofpointattributes' REALs. */
|
||||
/* `pointmarkerlist': An array of point markers; one int per point. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `trianglelist': An array of triangle corners. The first triangle's */
|
||||
/* first corner is at index [0], followed by its other two corners in */
|
||||
/* counterclockwise order, followed by any other nodes if the triangle */
|
||||
/* represents a nonlinear element. Each triangle occupies */
|
||||
/* `numberofcorners' ints. */
|
||||
/* `triangleattributelist': An array of triangle attributes. Each */
|
||||
/* triangle's attributes occupy `numberoftriangleattributes' REALs. */
|
||||
/* `trianglearealist': An array of triangle area constraints; one REAL per */
|
||||
/* triangle. Input only. */
|
||||
/* `neighborlist': An array of triangle neighbors; three ints per */
|
||||
/* triangle. Output only. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `segmentlist': An array of segment endpoints. The first segment's */
|
||||
/* endpoints are at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining */
|
||||
/* segments. Two ints per segment. */
|
||||
/* `segmentmarkerlist': An array of segment markers; one int per segment. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `holelist': An array of holes. The first hole's x and y coordinates */
|
||||
/* are at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining holes. Two */
|
||||
/* REALs per hole. Input only, although the pointer is copied to the */
|
||||
/* output structure for your convenience. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `regionlist': An array of regional attributes and area constraints. */
|
||||
/* The first constraint's x and y coordinates are at indices [0] and [1], */
|
||||
/* followed by the regional attribute at index [2], followed by the */
|
||||
/* maximum area at index [3], followed by the remaining area constraints. */
|
||||
/* Four REALs per area constraint. Note that each regional attribute is */
|
||||
/* used only if you select the `A' switch, and each area constraint is */
|
||||
/* used only if you select the `a' switch (with no number following), but */
|
||||
/* omitting one of these switches does not change the memory layout. */
|
||||
/* Input only, although the pointer is copied to the output structure for */
|
||||
/* your convenience. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `edgelist': An array of edge endpoints. The first edge's endpoints are */
|
||||
/* at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining edges. Two ints per */
|
||||
/* edge. Output only. */
|
||||
/* `edgemarkerlist': An array of edge markers; one int per edge. Output */
|
||||
/* only. */
|
||||
/* `normlist': An array of normal vectors, used for infinite rays in */
|
||||
/* Voronoi diagrams. The first normal vector's x and y magnitudes are */
|
||||
/* at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining vectors. For each */
|
||||
/* finite edge in a Voronoi diagram, the normal vector written is the */
|
||||
/* zero vector. Two REALs per edge. Output only. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Any input fields that Triangle will examine must be initialized. */
|
||||
/* Furthermore, for each output array that Triangle will write to, you */
|
||||
/* must either provide space by setting the appropriate pointer to point */
|
||||
/* to the space you want the data written to, or you must initialize the */
|
||||
/* pointer to NULL, which tells Triangle to allocate space for the results. */
|
||||
/* The latter option is preferable, because Triangle always knows exactly */
|
||||
/* how much space to allocate. The former option is provided mainly for */
|
||||
/* people who need to call Triangle from Fortran code, though it also makes */
|
||||
/* possible some nasty space-saving tricks, like writing the output to the */
|
||||
/* same arrays as the input. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Triangle will not free() any input or output arrays, including those it */
|
||||
/* allocates itself; that's up to you. You should free arrays allocated by */
|
||||
/* Triangle by calling the trifree() procedure defined below. (By default, */
|
||||
/* trifree() just calls the standard free() library procedure, but */
|
||||
/* applications that call triangulate() may replace trimalloc() and */
|
||||
/* trifree() in triangle.c to use specialized memory allocators.) */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* Here's a guide to help you decide which fields you must initialize */
|
||||
/* before you call triangulate(). */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `in': */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - `pointlist' must always point to a list of points; `numberofpoints' */
|
||||
/* and `numberofpointattributes' must be properly set. */
|
||||
/* `pointmarkerlist' must either be set to NULL (in which case all */
|
||||
/* markers default to zero), or must point to a list of markers. If */
|
||||
/* `numberofpointattributes' is not zero, `pointattributelist' must */
|
||||
/* point to a list of point attributes. */
|
||||
/* - If the `r' switch is used, `trianglelist' must point to a list of */
|
||||
/* triangles, and `numberoftriangles', `numberofcorners', and */
|
||||
/* `numberoftriangleattributes' must be properly set. If */
|
||||
/* `numberoftriangleattributes' is not zero, `triangleattributelist' */
|
||||
/* must point to a list of triangle attributes. If the `a' switch is */
|
||||
/* used (with no number following), `trianglearealist' must point to a */
|
||||
/* list of triangle area constraints. `neighborlist' may be ignored. */
|
||||
/* - If the `p' switch is used, `segmentlist' must point to a list of */
|
||||
/* segments, `numberofsegments' must be properly set, and */
|
||||
/* `segmentmarkerlist' must either be set to NULL (in which case all */
|
||||
/* markers default to zero), or must point to a list of markers. */
|
||||
/* - If the `p' switch is used without the `r' switch, then */
|
||||
/* `numberofholes' and `numberofregions' must be properly set. If */
|
||||
/* `numberofholes' is not zero, `holelist' must point to a list of */
|
||||
/* holes. If `numberofregions' is not zero, `regionlist' must point to */
|
||||
/* a list of region constraints. */
|
||||
/* - If the `p' switch is used, `holelist', `numberofholes', */
|
||||
/* `regionlist', and `numberofregions' is copied to `out'. (You can */
|
||||
/* nonetheless get away with not initializing them if the `r' switch is */
|
||||
/* used.) */
|
||||
/* - `edgelist', `edgemarkerlist', `normlist', and `numberofedges' may be */
|
||||
/* ignored. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `out': */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - `pointlist' must be initialized (NULL or pointing to memory) unless */
|
||||
/* the `N' switch is used. `pointmarkerlist' must be initialized */
|
||||
/* unless the `N' or `B' switch is used. If `N' is not used and */
|
||||
/* `in->numberofpointattributes' is not zero, `pointattributelist' must */
|
||||
/* be initialized. */
|
||||
/* - `trianglelist' must be initialized unless the `E' switch is used. */
|
||||
/* `neighborlist' must be initialized if the `n' switch is used. If */
|
||||
/* the `E' switch is not used and (`in->numberofelementattributes' is */
|
||||
/* not zero or the `A' switch is used), `elementattributelist' must be */
|
||||
/* initialized. `trianglearealist' may be ignored. */
|
||||
/* - `segmentlist' must be initialized if the `p' or `c' switch is used, */
|
||||
/* and the `P' switch is not used. `segmentmarkerlist' must also be */
|
||||
/* initialized under these circumstances unless the `B' switch is used. */
|
||||
/* - `edgelist' must be initialized if the `e' switch is used. */
|
||||
/* `edgemarkerlist' must be initialized if the `e' switch is used and */
|
||||
/* the `B' switch is not. */
|
||||
/* - `holelist', `regionlist', `normlist', and all scalars may be ignored.*/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* `vorout' (only needed if `v' switch is used): */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* - `pointlist' must be initialized. If `in->numberofpointattributes' */
|
||||
/* is not zero, `pointattributelist' must be initialized. */
|
||||
/* `pointmarkerlist' may be ignored. */
|
||||
/* - `edgelist' and `normlist' must both be initialized. */
|
||||
/* `edgemarkerlist' may be ignored. */
|
||||
/* - Everything else may be ignored. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* After a call to triangulate(), the valid fields of `out' and `vorout' */
|
||||
/* will depend, in an obvious way, on the choice of switches used. Note */
|
||||
/* that when the `p' switch is used, the pointers `holelist' and */
|
||||
/* `regionlist' are copied from `in' to `out', but no new space is */
|
||||
/* allocated; be careful that you don't free() the same array twice. On */
|
||||
/* the other hand, Triangle will never copy the `pointlist' pointer (or any */
|
||||
/* others); new space is allocated for `out->pointlist', or if the `N' */
|
||||
/* switch is used, `out->pointlist' remains uninitialized. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* All of the meaningful `numberof' fields will be properly set; for */
|
||||
/* instance, `numberofedges' will represent the number of edges in the */
|
||||
/* triangulation whether or not the edges were written. If segments are */
|
||||
/* not used, `numberofsegments' will indicate the number of boundary edges. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SINGLE
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SINGLE
|
||||
#define REAL float
|
||||
#else /* not SINGLE */
|
||||
#define REAL double
|
||||
#endif /* not SINGLE */
|
||||
|
||||
#define INDICE unsigned short
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct triangulateio TriangleIO;
|
||||
|
||||
struct triangulateio {
|
||||
REAL *pointlist; /* In / out */
|
||||
REAL *pointattributelist; /* In / out */
|
||||
int *pointmarkerlist; /* In / out */
|
||||
int numberofpoints; /* In / out */
|
||||
int numberofpointattributes; /* In / out */
|
||||
|
||||
INDICE *trianglelist; /* In / out */
|
||||
REAL *triangleattributelist; /* In / out */
|
||||
REAL *trianglearealist; /* In only */
|
||||
int *neighborlist; /* Out only */
|
||||
int numberoftriangles; /* In / out */
|
||||
int numberofcorners; /* In / out */
|
||||
int numberoftriangleattributes; /* In / out */
|
||||
|
||||
int *segmentlist; /* In / out */
|
||||
int *segmentmarkerlist; /* In / out */
|
||||
int numberofsegments; /* In / out */
|
||||
|
||||
REAL *holelist; /* In / pointer to array copied out */
|
||||
int numberofholes; /* In / copied out */
|
||||
|
||||
REAL *regionlist; /* In / pointer to array copied out */
|
||||
int numberofregions; /* In / copied out */
|
||||
|
||||
int *edgelist; /* Out only */
|
||||
int *edgemarkerlist; /* Not used with Voronoi diagram; out only */
|
||||
REAL *normlist; /* Used only with Voronoi diagram; out only */
|
||||
int numberofedges; /* Out only */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data structure for command line switches and file names. This structure
|
||||
/* is used (instead of global variables) to allow reentrancy.
|
||||
|
||||
* Switches for the triangulator.
|
||||
* poly: -p switch.
|
||||
* refine: -r switch.
|
||||
* quality: -q switch.
|
||||
* minangle: minimum angle bound, specified after -q switch.
|
||||
* goodangle: cosine squared of minangle.
|
||||
* offconstant: constant used to place off-center Steiner points.
|
||||
* vararea: -a switch without number.
|
||||
* fixedarea: -a switch with number.
|
||||
* maxarea: maximum area bound, specified after -a switch.
|
||||
* usertest: -u switch.
|
||||
* regionattrib: -A switch.
|
||||
* convex: -c switch.
|
||||
* weighted: 1 for -w switch, 2 for -W switch.
|
||||
* jettison: -j switch
|
||||
* firstnumber: inverse of -z switch. All items are numbered starting
|
||||
* from `firstnumber'.
|
||||
* edgesout: -e switch.
|
||||
* voronoi: -v switch.
|
||||
* neighbors: -n switch.
|
||||
* geomview: -g switch.
|
||||
* nobound: -B switch.
|
||||
* nopolywritten: -P switch.
|
||||
* nonodewritten: -N switch.
|
||||
* noelewritten: -E switch.
|
||||
* noiterationnum: -I switch.
|
||||
* noholes: -O switch.
|
||||
* noexact: -X switch.
|
||||
* order: element order, specified after -o switch.
|
||||
* nobisect: count of how often -Y switch is selected.
|
||||
* steiner: maximum number of Steiner points, specified after -S switch.
|
||||
* incremental: -i switch. sweepline: -F switch.
|
||||
* dwyer: inverse of -l switch.
|
||||
* splitseg: -s switch.
|
||||
* conformdel: -D switch. docheck: -C switch.
|
||||
* quiet: -Q switch. verbose: count of how often -V switch is selected.
|
||||
* usesegments: -p, -r, -q, or -c switch; determines whether segments are
|
||||
* used at all.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Read the instructions to find out the meaning of these switches. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct behavior TriangleOptions;
|
||||
|
||||
struct behavior {
|
||||
int poly, refine, quality, vararea, fixedarea, usertest;
|
||||
int regionattrib, convex, weighted, jettison;
|
||||
int firstnumber;
|
||||
int edgesout, voronoi, neighbors, geomview;
|
||||
int nobound, nopolywritten, nonodewritten, noelewritten, noiterationnum;
|
||||
int noholes, noexact, conformdel;
|
||||
int incremental, sweepline, dwyer;
|
||||
int splitseg;
|
||||
int docheck;
|
||||
int quiet, verbose;
|
||||
int usesegments;
|
||||
int order;
|
||||
int nobisect;
|
||||
int steiner;REAL minangle, goodangle, offconstant;REAL maxarea;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
void parsecommandline(int argc, char **argv, struct behavior *b);
|
||||
void triangulate(struct behavior *, struct triangulateio *, struct triangulateio *,
|
||||
struct triangulateio *);
|
||||
|
@ -1,441 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#include "triangle_private.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* quality_statistics() Print statistics about the quality of the mesh. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void quality_statistics(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b) {
|
||||
struct otri triangleloop;
|
||||
vertex p[3];
|
||||
REAL cossquaretable[8];
|
||||
REAL ratiotable[16];
|
||||
REAL dx[3], dy[3];
|
||||
REAL edgelength[3];
|
||||
REAL dotproduct;
|
||||
REAL cossquare;
|
||||
REAL triarea;
|
||||
REAL shortest, longest;
|
||||
REAL trilongest2;
|
||||
REAL smallestarea, biggestarea;
|
||||
REAL triminaltitude2;
|
||||
REAL minaltitude;
|
||||
REAL triaspect2;
|
||||
REAL worstaspect;
|
||||
REAL smallestangle, biggestangle;
|
||||
REAL radconst, degconst;
|
||||
int angletable[18];
|
||||
int aspecttable[16];
|
||||
int aspectindex;
|
||||
int tendegree;
|
||||
int acutebiggest;
|
||||
int i, ii, j, k;
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Mesh quality statistics:\n\n");
|
||||
radconst = PI / 18.0;
|
||||
degconst = 180.0 / PI;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
|
||||
cossquaretable[i] = cos(radconst * (REAL) (i + 1));
|
||||
cossquaretable[i] = cossquaretable[i] * cossquaretable[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 18; i++) {
|
||||
angletable[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ratiotable[0] = 1.5;
|
||||
ratiotable[1] = 2.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[2] = 2.5;
|
||||
ratiotable[3] = 3.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[4] = 4.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[5] = 6.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[6] = 10.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[7] = 15.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[8] = 25.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[9] = 50.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[10] = 100.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[11] = 300.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[12] = 1000.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[13] = 10000.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[14] = 100000.0;
|
||||
ratiotable[15] = 0.0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
|
||||
aspecttable[i] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
worstaspect = 0.0;
|
||||
minaltitude = m->xmax - m->xmin + m->ymax - m->ymin;
|
||||
minaltitude = minaltitude * minaltitude;
|
||||
shortest = minaltitude;
|
||||
longest = 0.0;
|
||||
smallestarea = minaltitude;
|
||||
biggestarea = 0.0;
|
||||
worstaspect = 0.0;
|
||||
smallestangle = 0.0;
|
||||
biggestangle = 2.0;
|
||||
acutebiggest = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
traversalinit(&m->triangles);
|
||||
triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
|
||||
triangleloop.orient = 0;
|
||||
while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
|
||||
org(triangleloop, p[0]);
|
||||
dest(triangleloop, p[1]);
|
||||
apex(triangleloop, p[2]);
|
||||
trilongest2 = 0.0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
|
||||
j = plus1mod3[i];
|
||||
k = minus1mod3[i];
|
||||
dx[i] = p[j][0] - p[k][0];
|
||||
dy[i] = p[j][1] - p[k][1];
|
||||
edgelength[i] = dx[i] * dx[i] + dy[i] * dy[i];
|
||||
if (edgelength[i] > trilongest2) {
|
||||
trilongest2 = edgelength[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (edgelength[i] > longest) {
|
||||
longest = edgelength[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (edgelength[i] < shortest) {
|
||||
shortest = edgelength[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
triarea = counterclockwise(m, b, p[0], p[1], p[2]);
|
||||
if (triarea < smallestarea) {
|
||||
smallestarea = triarea;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (triarea > biggestarea) {
|
||||
biggestarea = triarea;
|
||||
}
|
||||
triminaltitude2 = triarea * triarea / trilongest2;
|
||||
if (triminaltitude2 < minaltitude) {
|
||||
minaltitude = triminaltitude2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
triaspect2 = trilongest2 / triminaltitude2;
|
||||
if (triaspect2 > worstaspect) {
|
||||
worstaspect = triaspect2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
aspectindex = 0;
|
||||
while ((triaspect2 > ratiotable[aspectindex] * ratiotable[aspectindex]) && (aspectindex < 15)) {
|
||||
aspectindex++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
aspecttable[aspectindex]++;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
|
||||
j = plus1mod3[i];
|
||||
k = minus1mod3[i];
|
||||
dotproduct = dx[j] * dx[k] + dy[j] * dy[k];
|
||||
cossquare = dotproduct * dotproduct / (edgelength[j] * edgelength[k]);
|
||||
tendegree = 8;
|
||||
for (ii = 7; ii >= 0; ii--) {
|
||||
if (cossquare > cossquaretable[ii]) {
|
||||
tendegree = ii;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dotproduct <= 0.0) {
|
||||
angletable[tendegree]++;
|
||||
if (cossquare > smallestangle) {
|
||||
smallestangle = cossquare;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (acutebiggest && (cossquare < biggestangle)) {
|
||||
biggestangle = cossquare;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
angletable[17 - tendegree]++;
|
||||
if (acutebiggest || (cossquare > biggestangle)) {
|
||||
biggestangle = cossquare;
|
||||
acutebiggest = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
shortest = sqrt(shortest);
|
||||
longest = sqrt(longest);
|
||||
minaltitude = sqrt(minaltitude);
|
||||
worstaspect = sqrt(worstaspect);
|
||||
smallestarea *= 0.5;
|
||||
biggestarea *= 0.5;
|
||||
if (smallestangle >= 1.0) {
|
||||
smallestangle = 0.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
smallestangle = degconst * acos(sqrt(smallestangle));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (biggestangle >= 1.0) {
|
||||
biggestangle = 180.0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (acutebiggest) {
|
||||
biggestangle = degconst * acos(sqrt(biggestangle));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
biggestangle = 180.0 - degconst * acos(sqrt(biggestangle));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf(" Smallest area: %16.5g | Largest area: %16.5g\n", smallestarea, biggestarea);
|
||||
printf(" Shortest edge: %16.5g | Longest edge: %16.5g\n", shortest, longest);
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Shortest altitude: %12.5g | Largest aspect ratio: %8.5g\n\n", minaltitude, worstaspect);
|
||||
|
||||
printf(" Triangle aspect ratio histogram:\n");
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" 1.1547 - %-6.6g : %8d | %6.6g - %-6.6g : %8d\n", ratiotable[0], aspecttable[0], ratiotable[7], ratiotable[8], aspecttable[8]);
|
||||
for (i = 1; i < 7; i++) {
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" %6.6g - %-6.6g : %8d | %6.6g - %-6.6g : %8d\n", ratiotable[i - 1], ratiotable[i], aspecttable[i], ratiotable[i + 7], ratiotable[i + 8], aspecttable[i + 8]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" %6.6g - %-6.6g : %8d | %6.6g - : %8d\n", ratiotable[6], ratiotable[7], aspecttable[7], ratiotable[14], aspecttable[15]);
|
||||
printf(" (Aspect ratio is longest edge divided by shortest altitude)\n\n");
|
||||
|
||||
printf(" Smallest angle: %15.5g | Largest angle: %15.5g\n\n", smallestangle, biggestangle);
|
||||
|
||||
printf(" Angle histogram:\n");
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" %3d - %3d degrees: %8d | %3d - %3d degrees: %8d\n", i * 10, i * 10 + 10, angletable[i], i * 10 + 90, i * 10 + 100, angletable[i + 9]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* statistics() Print all sorts of cool facts. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void statistics(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b) {
|
||||
printf("\nStatistics:\n\n");
|
||||
printf(" Input vertices: %d\n", m->invertices);
|
||||
if (b->refine) {
|
||||
printf(" Input triangles: %d\n", m->inelements);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (b->poly) {
|
||||
printf(" Input segments: %d\n", m->insegments);
|
||||
if (!b->refine) {
|
||||
printf(" Input holes: %d\n", m->holes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
printf("\n Mesh vertices: %ld\n", m->vertices.items - m->undeads);
|
||||
printf(" Mesh triangles: %ld\n", m->triangles.items);
|
||||
printf(" Mesh edges: %ld\n", m->edges);
|
||||
printf(" Mesh exterior boundary edges: %ld\n", m->hullsize);
|
||||
if (b->poly || b->refine) {
|
||||
printf(" Mesh interior boundary edges: %ld\n", m->subsegs.items - m->hullsize);
|
||||
printf(" Mesh subsegments (constrained edges): %ld\n", m->subsegs.items);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
if (b->verbose) {
|
||||
quality_statistics(m, b);
|
||||
printf("Memory allocation statistics:\n\n");
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of vertices: %ld\n", m->vertices.maxitems);
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of triangles: %ld\n", m->triangles.maxitems);
|
||||
if (m->subsegs.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of subsegments: %ld\n", m->subsegs.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->viri.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of viri: %ld\n", m->viri.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->badsubsegs.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of encroached subsegments: %ld\n", m->badsubsegs.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->badtriangles.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of bad triangles: %ld\n", m->badtriangles.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->flipstackers.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of stacked triangle flips: %ld\n", m->flipstackers.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->splaynodes.maxitems > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Maximum number of splay tree nodes: %ld\n", m->splaynodes.maxitems);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Approximate heap memory use (bytes): %ld\n\n", m->vertices.maxitems * m->vertices.itembytes + m->triangles.maxitems * m->triangles.itembytes + m->subsegs.maxitems * m->subsegs.itembytes + m->viri.maxitems * m->viri.itembytes + m->badsubsegs.maxitems * m->badsubsegs.itembytes + m->badtriangles.maxitems * m->badtriangles.itembytes + m->flipstackers.maxitems * m->flipstackers.itembytes + m->splaynodes.maxitems * m->splaynodes.itembytes);
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Algorithmic statistics:\n\n");
|
||||
if (!b->weighted) {
|
||||
printf(" Number of incircle tests: %ld\n", m->incirclecount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" Number of 3D orientation tests: %ld\n", m->orient3dcount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf(" Number of 2D orientation tests: %ld\n", m->counterclockcount);
|
||||
if (m->hyperbolacount > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Number of right-of-hyperbola tests: %ld\n", m->hyperbolacount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->circletopcount > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Number of circle top computations: %ld\n", m->circletopcount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (m->circumcentercount > 0) {
|
||||
printf(" Number of triangle circumcenter computations: %ld\n", m->circumcentercount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/********* Debugging routines begin here *********/
|
||||
/** **/
|
||||
/** **/
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* printtriangle() Print out the details of an oriented triangle. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* I originally wrote this procedure to simplify debugging; it can be */
|
||||
/* called directly from the debugger, and presents information about an */
|
||||
/* oriented triangle in digestible form. It's also used when the */
|
||||
/* highest level of verbosity (`-VVV') is specified. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void printtriangle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *t) {
|
||||
struct otri printtri;
|
||||
struct osub printsh;
|
||||
vertex printvertex;
|
||||
|
||||
printf("triangle x%lx with orientation %d:\n", (unsigned long) t->tri, t->orient);
|
||||
decode(t->tri[0], printtri);
|
||||
if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
|
||||
printf(" [0] = Outer space\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [0] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri, printtri.orient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
decode(t->tri[1], printtri);
|
||||
if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
|
||||
printf(" [1] = Outer space\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [1] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri, printtri.orient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
decode(t->tri[2], printtri);
|
||||
if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
|
||||
printf(" [2] = Outer space\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [2] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri, printtri.orient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
org(*t, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Origin[%d] = NULL\n", (t->orient + 1) % 3 + 3);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Origin[%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", (t->orient + 1) % 3 + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
dest(*t, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Dest [%d] = NULL\n", (t->orient + 2) % 3 + 3);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Dest [%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", (t->orient + 2) % 3 + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
apex(*t, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Apex [%d] = NULL\n", t->orient + 3);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Apex [%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", t->orient + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
if (b->usesegments) {
|
||||
sdecode(t->tri[6], printsh);
|
||||
if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
|
||||
printf(" [6] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss, printsh.ssorient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sdecode(t->tri[7], printsh);
|
||||
if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
|
||||
printf(" [7] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss, printsh.ssorient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sdecode(t->tri[8], printsh);
|
||||
if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
|
||||
printf(" [8] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss, printsh.ssorient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (b->vararea) {
|
||||
printf(" Area constraint: %.4g\n", areabound(*t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* printsubseg() Print out the details of an oriented subsegment. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/* I originally wrote this procedure to simplify debugging; it can be */
|
||||
/* called directly from the debugger, and presents information about an */
|
||||
/* oriented subsegment in digestible form. It's also used when the highest */
|
||||
/* level of verbosity (`-VVV') is specified. */
|
||||
/* */
|
||||
/*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
void printsubseg(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct osub *s) {
|
||||
struct osub printsh;
|
||||
struct otri printtri;
|
||||
vertex printvertex;
|
||||
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
"subsegment x%lx with orientation %d and mark %d:\n", (unsigned long) s->ss, s->ssorient, mark(*s));
|
||||
sdecode(s->ss[0], printsh);
|
||||
if (printsh.ss == m->dummysub) {
|
||||
printf(" [0] = No subsegment\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [0] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss, printsh.ssorient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sdecode(s->ss[1], printsh);
|
||||
if (printsh.ss == m->dummysub) {
|
||||
printf(" [1] = No subsegment\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [1] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss, printsh.ssorient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sorg(*s, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Origin[%d] = NULL\n", 2 + s->ssorient);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Origin[%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", 2 + s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
sdest(*s, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Dest [%d] = NULL\n", 3 - s->ssorient);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Dest [%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", 3 - s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
|
||||
decode(s->ss[6], printtri);
|
||||
if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
|
||||
printf(" [6] = Outer space\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [6] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri, printtri.orient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
decode(s->ss[7], printtri);
|
||||
if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
|
||||
printf(" [7] = Outer space\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
printf(" [7] = x%lx %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri, printtri.orient);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
segorg(*s, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Segment origin[%d] = NULL\n", 4 + s->ssorient);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Segment origin[%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", 4 + s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
segdest(*s, printvertex);
|
||||
if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
|
||||
printf(" Segment dest [%d] = NULL\n", 5 - s->ssorient);
|
||||
else
|
||||
printf(
|
||||
" Segment dest [%d] = x%lx (%.12g, %.12g)\n", 5 - s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex, printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** **/
|
||||
/** **/
|
||||
/********* Debugging routines end here *********/
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user